V -I. / Government of Assam Assam Ruralfm tiuucture and Agricultural Service Project Society Ax1J-P/ .* qS t E984 [ r_ ,, ws-8 > ~~Volume 6 F t AJJ t\'t1 W i- Competitivess : (World Bank Funded) 1~~~- t._b e -... I' . hr. . , FINA REPUT IWV4~ Wa is~~d 7 5 r ss - A ~~~~~~~~ '' ' ,r__ - - -t 4>IJJ = sO ;~~~S a I§L&.1. v~~~~. ., ± 14. ..A - , - V /r * Department of Agriculture * ECP AGRI-1.0: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal &Aromatic Plants ECP AGRI-2.0: Irrigation Management ECP AGRI-3.0: Soil and Nutrient Management e ECP AGRI-4.0: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage ECP AGRI-5.0: Land Development * Department of Fishery ECP-Fishery-1: Beel (Open Water) Fishery Management ECP-Fishery-2: Community Tank & Farmers Ponds * ECP-Fishery-3: Fish Seed Production Management * 0 Department of Animal Husbandry * ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes * Department of Dairy Development * ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs 0 * Common Code of Practice ECP Common 1: Biodiversity Management * ECP Common 2: Building Activities ECP Common 3: Guidelines for Training & Awareness . 0 . . * ~~~TABLE OF CONTENTS OF ECP's| Government of Assam, India g .'SssEuE',>rl|1T:~~~lor4:t[ MM an* M July 2004____ . . * 2CP AG;R'1-.O Collaction, Cul.aJation & Procassing * oof MIadicinal &Aromatlc ?kants 1.1 General * 1.1.1 The Draft Agriculture Policy of Assam identifies commercial production and harvesting of * medicinal plants and herbs as a thrust area for development of horticulture. This ECP specifies the procedures to ensure adequate protection to natural environment during collection, cultivation & production of medicinal plants and material. Though the cultivation of * medicinal and aromatic plants and their extraction is not likely to have adverse impacts on environment, the following activities need due consideration in assessing environmental * implications: (i) Selection of medicinal plants (ii) Site selection and cultivation of Medicinal * Plants (iii) Collection practices for medicinal plants, and (iv) Processing of medicinal plants and materials. 1.1.2 The code of practice shall apply to (i) area beyond lkm of protected areas; (ii) Out side * Grade II and Grade III beels; (iii) Outside Community ponds; (iv) near drainage channel (v) near rural settlements vi) agriculture fields areas, vii) outside marshes and swamps. In case * of interventions outside these areas the ETO shall categorise the project based on information provided by the beneficiary in the Project Information Document as per format presented in Appendix ECP AGRI 1.1. * 1.1.3 The provisions of this ECP comply with the legal requirements and conventions, which govern * the collection, cultivation processing, handling, packaging & storage of medicinal plant or its * derivatives. The provisions of the legislations pertaining to medicinal plants are presented in Table 1-1. Table 1-1: Legal provisions pertaining to medicinal plants * S.No Legislation Relevant provisions 1 Drug & Cosmetic Act 1940 Section 33EEB. Regulation of manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic, Siddha * and Unani drugs. Section 3: Defines forest Produce * 2 Assam Forest Regulation, 1891 Section 25: Acts prohibited in such forests Section 40: Power to make rules to regulate transit of forest produce 3 Convention on International Article II: Categories endangered flora and fauna as: * Trade in Endangered Species of . Appendix I: All species threatened with extinction Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) . Appendix II: All species which although not necessarily now * threatened with extinction may become so unless trade in specimens of such species is subject to strict regulation in order to * avoid utilization incompatible with their Survival l Appendix III: all species which any signatory to the convention identifies as being subject to regulation within its jurisdiction for * the purpose of preventing or restricting exploitation, and needing the co-operation of other signatories in the control of trade * Article 1II: Regulations on Trade of Species included in Appendix I Article IV: Regulation on Trade of Species included in Appendix II. * Article V: Regulation on Trade of Species included in Appendix III Article VI: Permits and Certificates granted under provision of Article III, IV V 0 0 -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & * Processing of Medicinal Plants 0 * 1.2 Selection of medicinal plants * 1.2.1 Prior to selection of species, the cultivator shall apply for and obtain permission from State * Medicinal Plants Boardl(SMPB), Government of Assam and National Horticulture Board (NHB). The specified format for the same is presented in Appendix ECP Agri. 1.2 and Appendix ECP Agri 1.3 for medicinal and aromatic plants respecively. The proof of obtaining clearance shall * be a pre-requisite for inclusion as beneficiary in the project. The District Agriculture Officer * (DAO) shall be responsible for verification of the same. * 1.2.2 Indigenous medicinal plant species shall be selected for cultivation in the project. A List of medicinal plants suitable for Assam is provided as Appendix ECP Agri. 1.4 1.2.3 The package of practice for each medicinal and aromatic plant shall be developed by the * Assam Agriculture University or SMPB or NHB or NEDFI research Station at Khetri, Kamrup for * plants, which are suited to the climatic conditions prevalent in region. * 1.2.4 Suppliers of seeds and other propagation materials shall provide all necessary information relating to the identity, quality and performance of their products, as well as their breeding history. The propagation or planting materials shall be of appropriate quality and free from * contamination and diseases in order to promote healthy plant growth. Planting material * should be resistant or tolerant to biotic or abiotic factors. * 1.3 Site selection and cultivation of medicinal plants * 1.3.1 The quality of medicinal plant materials derived from the same species can show significant * differences when cultivated at different sites, owing to the influence of soil, climate and other factors. Towards these, the site selection for cultivation of medicinal plants needs to be worked out based on a careful evaluation of environmental characteristics of site, as * illustrated in Box 1-1. -- BBox 1-1: Guidelines for site selection... * * Climatic conditions . Length of day, rainfall (water supply), field temperature etc * Risks of contamination by hazardous substances, including * Site conditions heavy metals, agricultural chemical agents, and other industrial waste. Impactso lHistory of previous crops lmpacts * Evaluation of any applications of plant protection products _ Well-drained and well-irrigated soil to be preferred * Drainage and soil condrdons . soil type, drainage, moisture retention, fertility and pH to be _ considered Risk of cDntaminatk D* omestic animals and human beings should not contaminate * Risk at contamination water har irrigation and harvest of medicinal plants. 1.3.2 The cultivation of medicinal plants shall be as per the guidelines2 developed by Department of AYUSH (Ayurveda, Yoga & Neuropathy, Unnani, Siddha & Homeopathy), Ministry of Health & . * Family Welfare, Government of India. Towards cultivation of local species of medicinal plants, * traditional methods of cultivation shall be adopted. 1 The Medicinal Plants Board was set up under a Govemment Resolution (No. Z18020/19/97-M.P.Cell) notified on 24th November 2000 under the Chairpersonship of Union Health & Family Welfare Minister. The Medicinal Plants Board at the * national level is devoted for overall development of the medicinal plants sector in the country. However, for the development of the medicinal plants sector at the regional/state level, the National Board has initiated action and the respective state/Union * Territories govemments were requested to constitute the State Medicinal Plants Boards (SMPBs). 2 http://indianmedicine.nic.in/html/plants/mcmain.htm#rmed * @. 1-2 0 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & * Processing of Medicinal Plants 0 * 1.3.3 Prior to application of fertilizers for medicinal plants, the following aspects shall be * considered: Appropriate types and quantities of fertilizers should be used. * Human excreta must not be used as a fertilizer owing to the potential presence of infectious microorganisms or parasites. . Land should be manured with well-fermented organic compost either prior to planting or immediately * after the first harvest. * All fertilizing agents should be applied sparingly and in accordance with the needs of the particular * medicinal plant species and supporting capacity of the soil. (Refer ECPAGRI 5: Nutrient Management) * Growers shall implement practices that contribute to soil conservation and minimize erosion * 1.4 Collection and harvesting practices for medicinal plants 1.4.1 Collection from Wild: The collector shall obtain permission from SMPB, State Forest Department and sub regional office of wildlife preservation prior to collecting any plants from the wild. Sufficient time (at least three months) for the processing and issuance of these * permits shall be allocated at the planning stage (Refer Box 1-2) * b Box 1-2: Pre-requisites for collection... * The collector prior to initiating a collection expedmon shall: * . Determine the geographical distnbution and population density, of the target medidnal plant specdes * * Obtain essential information on the target species (taxonomy, distribution, phenology, genetic diversity, reproductive biology and ethnobotany) * 1.4.2 The collector shall send sample of the medicinal plant to the SMPB/NEDFI/AAU for * identification and offsite conservation. 1.4.3 To ensure all stakeholders namely traders, collectors and farmers under go training to * familiarise with techniques for collecting, handling and transportation of medicinal plants * collected from wild. . The PCU shall work out dissemination materials containing illustrations of the target medicinal plant(s) and ethnographical information (common or local names) of the target species and plant parts for wide dissemination in the project areas. . The Department shall prepare a management plan containing details of (i) the species and the plant * parts (roots, leaves, fruits, etc.) to be collected; and (ii) specify collection levels and collection practices. The framework shall provide for setting sustainable harvest levels and describe appropriate collection practices. It is incumbent on the government or environmental authority to ensure that * buyers of collected plant material do not place the collected species at risk (Refer Box 1.3). 0 0 0 0 * 1-3 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants 0 * ~~~~~~The collector of medidnal plant from wild should: * Determine as to whether the target species at collection site are not rare or scarce. * * Ensure medicinal plant materials are collected during the appropriate season or time ^ * ~~~~~~~Practice ecologically sustainable sy*tem3 of collection. The collectors would however have to _ be trained by ecologically sustainable system of collection (Refer ECP Common 3: Training ) * * Avoid collecting in or near areas where high levels of pesticides or other possible contaminants are used or found. l In the course of collection, efforts should be made to remove parts of the plant that are not required and foreign matter, in particular toxic weeds. a Avoid clearing of vegetation in the area (other than the target species), as the locations of . g collection are generally rich in biodiversity. a In general, the collected raw medicinal plant materials should not come into direct contact * : with the soil. If underground parts (such as the roots) are used, any adhering soil should be removed from the plants as soon as they are collected. Collected material should be placed in clean baskets, mesh bags, other well-aerated containers or drop cloths that are free from * foreign matter, induding plant remnants from previous collecting activites. * If more than one medicinal plant part Is to be collected, the different plant spedes or plant * materials shouki be gathered separately and transpored in separate containers. - * 1.4.4 Harvesting of Cultivated Plant: To ensure the production of medicinal plant materials and * finished herbal products of the best possible quality, the cultivator shall harvest the medicinal * plants during the optimal season or time period. The DAO shall be responsible for providing information to the beneficiaries on the timing of harvest. To ensure good quality of produce * and harvest environmentally safe product the following guidelines should be adopted: * * The time of harvest would depend on the part of the plant to be used. The best time for harvesting (quality peak season or time of day) shall be determined according to the quality and quantity of * biologically active constituents rather than the total vegetative yield of the targeted medicinal plant * parts. * Medicinal plants shall be harvested under the best possible conditions, avoiding dew, rain or * exceptionally high humidity. If harvesting occurs in wet conditions, the harvested material shall be transported immediately to an indoor drying facility to expedite drying so as to prevent any possible deleterious effects due to increased moisture levels, which promote microbial fermentation and mould. * Cutting devices, harvesters, and other machines shall be kept clean and adjusted to reduce damage and contamination from soil and other materials. * * The harvested plants shall be stored in an uncontaminated, dry place or facility free from insects, rodents, birds and other pests, and inaccessible to livestock and domestic animals Decomposed medicinal plant materials shall be discarded during harvest, post-harvest inspections and 5 processing, in order to avoid microbial contamination and loss of product quality. 1.5 Storage, transportation, processing and supply 1.5.1 The following aspects shall be taken care of by personnel directly or indirectly involved in the storage, transportation, processing and supply of medicinal plants. * The botanical identification, cultivation characteristics and environmental requirements (soil type, soil * pH, fertility, plant spacing and light requirements), as well as the means of harvest and storage. . * All personnel (including field workers) involved in the propagation, cultivation, harvest and post-harvest * processing stages of medicinal plant production should maintain appropriate personal hygiene and should have received training regarding their hygiene responsibilities. 0 Only properly trained personnel, wearing appropriate protective clothing (such as overalls, gloves, ' 0 helmet, goggles, face mask), should apply agrochemicals. 3When collecting roots of trees and bushes, the main roots should not be cut or dug up, and severing the taproot of trees and bushes should be avoided. Only some of the lateral roots should be located and collected. When collecting species whose bark * is the primary material to be used, the tree should not be girdled or completely stripped of its bark; longitudinal strips of bark along one side of the tree should be cut and collected. 1-4 0 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & * Processing of Medicinal Plants 0 0 Growers and producers should receive instruction on all issues relevant to the protection of the environment, conservation of medicinal plant species, and proper agricultural stewardship. The * Department should collate these information from SMPB, Forest Department, Wild Life Boards and that farmer, collectors and traders have easy access to this information. 1.5.2 For medicinal plant materials intended for export from the country, all statutory requirements * such as export permits, phytosanitary certificates required as per the Convention on * International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) permit(s) (for * export and import), CITES certificates (for re-export), and other permits shall be obtained as 0 and when required from State Wildlife Department and sub regional offices of Wildlife Preservation located at Guwahati. 1.6 Processing 1.6.1 Appropriate measures of primary processing are dependent on the individual materials. These * processes should be carried out in conformity with good manufacturing practices4 specified by * Department of AYUSH (Refer Appendix ECP Agri. 1.5). Raw medicinal plant materials should * be inspected and sorted prior to primary processing. The inspection may include: . Visual inspection for cross-contamination by untargeted medicinal plants and/or plant parts; * . Visual inspection for foreign matter; 0 Organoleptic evaluation, such as: appearance, damage, size, colour, odour, and possibly taste. 1.6.2 Processed medicinal plant materials shall be packaged as quickly as possible to prevent * deterioration of the product and to protect against unnecessary exposure to potential pest * attacks and other sources of contamination. The packaging and labelling of the products * should be in accordance with Section 161 of Drug & Cosmetic Act 1940 0 1.6.3 Conveyances used for transporting bulk medicinal plant materials from the place of production to storage for processing should be cleaned between loads. Bulk transport, such * as rail wagons, trucks and other vehicles shall be cleaned and, where appropriate, well * ventilated to remove moisture from medicinal plant materials and to prevent condensation. * 1.6.4 All equipment and utensils used in the handling of medicinal plants shall be made of materials 0 that do not transmit toxic substances, odour or taste, are non-absorbent, are resistant to corrosion and are capable of withstanding repeated cleaning and disinfection. (Refer j Appendix ECP Agri. 1.5) S S 0 S 0 0 0 0 * Good Manufacturing Practices for Ayurvedic, Siddha & Unnani Medicines Notified under Drugs & Cosmetic Act 1940 on 23rd June 2000 1-5 . ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & * ........ Processing of Medicinal Plants SELECTION AND APPROVAL OF MEDICINAL Clause 1.2.1 PLANTS Approval from SMPB Prior to cultivaton * .S I Clause 1.3.1 ^ SITE SELECTION FORCULTIVATION OFMDCNA LN LECTION R TI IN Selection ol Slte as per Sol and Climati condition * |, . # SELECTION OF INPUTS FOR CULTIVATIONS1..4 HInormaebon on Seeds and oter Inputs *. IA Clause 1.3.24 i . | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Guidelines of Cultivationsl t~~~~ CULTIVATION OF MEDICINAL PLANT Clause 1.3.3 I l ECPs of soil and Nutrent Management ... ._ . . I. . . C lausel.41. 1.4.2 & 1.43 * COLLECTION & HARVESTING OF MEDICINAL ___ Collection Pracnaces rom Wildce Clause 1.4.4 l _I. . .A.AIN. Harvesting od Medcinal Plants _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clause 1.4.4 * _ ~~~~~~~~~~TRANSPORT HAN DLING STORAGE ON-SITE Storage df plant shall tie in good condition * [_. I * ~~~~~~~~PRIMARY PROCESSING & EXTRACTION- * * I H Cas .. .. STORAGE Clause 1.5.1 0 DISPOSAL OF WASTE~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Good Management Practice * S_I * _ ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Ctause 1.5.2l *~~~~~~~~~~~~~AKTN N PaCAIGPckaging and Labeling as per Crug Acts * I * ~~~~~~~~~~~STORAGE |Clause 1.5.3l Clean and Venblabon ol Transport : * 0 0 0 0 _ _ 1-6 I0 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants * APPENDIX ECP AGRI 1.1: PROJECT INFORMATION DOCUMENT * CULTIVATION, COLLECTION AND EXTRACTION OF MEDICINAL PLANTS * \ District I Block I * i Village | Name of Beneficiary | * 1. Type of Intervention Collector Farmer Trader Exteractor * 2. Distance of the Facility from: i) Sensitive Location National parks, m NA Sanctuaries,. m NA Ramsar sites, | _ m NA * Grade I Beels, | m NA Classified Forests m NA 3. Nature and Scale of Operation Species of Medicinal Plant Collected of Cultivated * A. Collected Type of Plant Botanical Name Area from Which it is collected (name of Approximate * ~~~Collected Village, District or Forest area if any Quantity Collected * B. Cultivated * Name of the Plant Botanical Plant Area under cultivation Source of planting _ Collected material or sapling C. Trader Name of the Plant Botanical Name Source of supply * ~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~Cultivation Collection Quantity Source Q uantity Source 0 * D. Extractor i) Species for Extraction (both name of the plant and the Botanical name): ii) Source of water iii) Number of extractor * iv) Is there a provision for a secondary extraction Unit Yes No 0 : * 1-7 * APPLICATION FOR GiRANT OF CERTIFICATE OF RE6ISTRATION/ 0 * RENEWAL AS MEDICINAL PLANTS COLLECTOP(s)/FAPRMER(s)/TRAC)EP(s) * 1. a) Name of the applicant(s)/contact person (in block letter) b) Status (individual/firm/ company/society/ * association/contractor/Govt. undertaking) * c) Date of establishment/engagement in the field of medicinal plants (trader enclose prof i le, if any) d) Fresh or renewal, if renewal, give previous year's certificate e) Amount and details of fee remitted f) If already registered, furnish details with the name of the * State and agency GO or NGO (attach copy of registration) a 2. a) Address in full of the place(s) of storage/shop/ processing * plant/unit(s) etc., if any b) Telephone, Fax and E-mail number(s) * 3. Whether A) Collector: B) Farmer; C) Trader (mention specifically) 0 * A. COLLECTOR(s): a 4. Items of medicinal plants/parts/products collected (furnish details including aprox. Quantit ecollected in following table): 5. No. Name of Botanical name Area of Aprox. * herb (s) collection with Quantity * Dist/ forest (kg.) *1.Div. * ~~~ ~~2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3. * 5. Are you an authorised collector of medicinal plants? (with permission of Govt. or other authorised body) 6. Years during which the application was in possession of Board's certificate of registration (for renewal only) * 7. Whether collected product supplied under some brand name(s)/trade a mark(s) 8. Medicinal plants material collected and supplied i.e. raw/semi processed or processed during last 03 years. * S. Year Name of Area Approx. To whom * No . species f rom quantity supplied * collected where (kg.) 200 to 200 collected * 1. 200__ to_200 * 2. 200 to 200 3. 200 to 200 0 Wi~~~~~~~~~~ B. FARMER (s): 9. Details of Land: i) Location (giving name of State/district/ tehsil/village/ khasra no. etc.) * ii) Status & title of land, whether on lease or free hold (attach a copy of a ownership/land registration) v iii) Area (in acre) v 10. Medicinal plants cultivated; furnish list with details: i . S. No Common name of Botanical Name with Area under plant plant part/product cultivation (acre) * 2. 3. 4 . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ C. TRADERS: * i) Sources of purchase/collection: from wild or * cultivated: a ii) State areas where items supplied in last three ,years S. Year Name of State Approx. FOB No. species quantity Value * (qtl.) (Rs.) * 1. 2000-2001 _ _ _ * 2. 2001-2002 3. 2002-2003 . . * bECLARATION 0 VI/We, declare that the information given above are true to the best of my knowledge * and belief and that I/We shall abide by the Board Rules, the condition laid down in the certificate and any instruction (s) given by the Board from time to time regarding the a conducting of business. Place: Signature of the Applicant(s) Dated: with seal . . . I ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants APPENDIX ECP AGRI 1.3 APPROVAL FOR DEVELOPMENT OF COMMERCIAL PRODUCTION OF HORTICULTURE CROPS * i) Date of application ii) Control No.: * (to be given by NHB) * To . The Managing Director * National Horticulture Board * Plot No. 85, Sector 18, Institutional Area, Gurgaon - 122015 (Haryana) (Application for in-Principle Approval (IPA) under the scheme "Development of Commercial * Horticulture through Production and Post Harvest Management" of National Horticulture * Board) A GROWER/ENTREPRENEUR * 1. Name and address of the beneficiary * 2. Promoters Profile i) Principal Promoter * ii) other * 3. Name of the Associate Bank/FI and term loan account number of the Project/ Beneficiary. 4. Details of Financial assistance, availed by the applicant in past for the similar activity at the * same piece of land, if any * 5. Details of financial assistance, if availed for any other project. B PROPOSED PROJECT 1. Name of the project * 2. Location * 3. Nature/main activity under the project a) Area under cultivation (In Acres) * b) Capacity in MT in case of primary processing * c) Technology Tie-up, if any * C PROJECT COST (Component-wise) * Component/Item * 1. Cultivation of Crops i) Irrigation infrastructure (Like wells/pipeline) ii) Drip/Sprinkler irrigation (including fogger/mister) * iii) Cultivation expenses (Planting material, fertilizer, pesticides, etc.) iv) Infrastructure (like store, generator room, pump house, labour quarter, etc with cost break-up of each item) * v) Land development (including fencing) vi) Land * 2. Cost of Post Harvest Management (PHM)/Primary Processing lines, if any (with cost detail of individual components) * 3. Other components, if any * Total -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- * g i 1-8 0 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants * PROPOSED MEANS OF FINANCE * I) Promoter's share with details * II) Bank/FI term loan III) NHB subsidy (Bridge loan contribution made either by Promoter through Bank finance * or other means may be clarified) IV) Other sources with details (Assistance from State Govt./Govt of India Agencies should Total clearly be mentioned) * Total * E DETAILS OF LAND * SURVER\KHASRA No i) In case of lease/tenancy/contract, a copy of the registered agreement may be * enclosed) * ii) In case of own land copy of latest title/papers be enclosed * 1.6.5 PRESENT STATUS Details of already existing assets which will form part of the proposed project on completion. * 1.6.6 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE * I) Proposed month for undertaking + land development. * II) Proposed month for plantation III) Expected date/month of first commercial crop IV) Proposed date for start of unit in case of processing 1.6.7 MARKETING Detail of Marketing tie-up (Backward/forward linkages) 1.6.8 RECOMMENDATION OF THE BANK 0 * (Signature of the Authorised Bank Officer) Name of the Officer * Designation * Name of the Bank Bank Branch Address Telephone/Fax No.: * Place: * Date: * NOTE: ATTACH FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS * i) Fact sheet from Bank (as per guidelines) ii) Appraisal note from Bank * iii) Sanction letter of term loan from Bank iv) Proof of land ownership/lease 0 : 1-9 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants * APPENDIX ECP AGRI 1.4: LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS FEASIBLE IN ASSAM PROPOSED BY * STATE MEDICINAL PLANT BOARD * SI.No Name Botinical Name Yeild * 1. Amia Emblica officinalis 10 t fruit 2. Ashok Saraca asoca 2,000 bark * 3. Bael Aegle marmelos * 4. Bhumi amiaki Phyllanthus amaracus 5 qtis herbage 5. Bramhi Bacopa monnieri 20 qtls herbage 6. Chandan Santalum album 1,500 kg heart wood 7. Giloe Tinsopora cordifolia 4 kg dry stem 8. Gumdar Gymnema sylvestre 4 qtl leaves 9. Kalihari Glorisia superba 13 qtls seed/ 30 qtls tuber * 10. Kalmegh Andrographis paniculata 12 qtl herbage * 11. Makoy Solanum nigrum 5 qtl herbage 12. Safed Musali Chlorophytum borivillianum 3.5 dry roots * 13. Pathurchur Coleus barbaratus * 14. Pippali Piper Longum 2.5 qtls spikes/ 1 qtls root 15. Sarpagandha Rauwolfa Serpentina 6 qtl dry root * 16. Shatavari Asparagus racemosus * 17. Tulsi Ocimum sanctum 20-25kg of oil 0 0 0 S S 0 *0 S - . * 1-10 S~~M ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants * ANNEXURE ECP AGRI 1.5: GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES FOR AYURVEDIC, SIDDHA AND UNANI * MEDICINES NOTIFIED UNDER DRUGS & COSMETIC ACT 1940 ON 23rd JUNE 2000 The Good Manufacturing Practices are prescribed to ensure that: (i) Raw materials used in the manufacture of drugs are authentic, of prescribed quality and are free from contamination. (ii) The manufacturing process is as has been prescribed to maintain the standards. (iii) Adequate quality control measures are adopted and * (iv) The manufactured drug, which is released for sale, is of acceptable quality. (v) To achieve the objectives listed above, each license shall evolve methodology and procedures for following the prescribed process of manufacture of drugs, which should be documented as a manual and kept for * reference and inspection. However, teaching institutions and registered qualified Vaidyas, Siddhas and Hakeems who prepare medicines on their own to dispense to their patients and not selling such drugs in the market are exempted from the purview of G.M.P. PART I * GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES Factory Premises: The manufacturing plant should have adequate space for:- (i) Receiving and storing raw material. ii. Manufacturing process Areas * iii. Quality control section. iv. Finished goods store v. Office vi. Rejected goods/drugs store 1.2 General Requirements: 1.1(A) Location and surroundings: * The factory buildings for manufacture of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines shall be so situated and shall have such construction as to avoid contamination from open sewrage, drain, public lavatory or any factory which 0 * produces disagreeable or obnoxious odour or fumes or excessive soot, dust or smoke. . 1.1(B) Buildings: * The building used for factory shall be such as to permit production of drugs under hygenic conditions and should be free from cobwebs and insects/rodents. It should have adequate provision of light and ventilation. The floor * and the walls should not be damp or moist. The premises used for manufacturing, processing, packaging and * labeling will be in conformity with the provisions of the Factory Act. It shall be located so as to be: (I) Compatible with other manufacturing operations that may be carried out in the same or adjacent premises. * (II) Adequately provided with working space to allow orderly and logical placement of equipment and materials to avoid the risk of mix up between different drugs or components thereof and control the possibility of cross contamination by other drugs or substances and avoid the risk of omission of any manufacturing or control * step: (III) Designed, constructed and maintained to prevent entry of insects and rodents. Interior surface (walls, floors and ceilings) shall be smooth and free from cracks and permit easy cleaning and disinfection. The walls of the room in which the manufacturing operations are carried out shall be impervious to and be capable of being kept clean. The flooring shall be smooth and even and shall be such as not to permit retention or 0 accumulation of dust or waste products. *A1-11 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants 0 (IV) Provided with proper drainage system in the processing area. The sanitary fitting and electrical fixtures in the manufacturing area shall be proper and safe. (V) Furnace/Bhatti section could be covered with tin roof & proper ventilation, but sufficient care should be taken to prevent flies and dust. (VI) There should be fire safety measures and proper exits should be there. 1.1 (C) Water Supply: The water used in manufacture shall be pure and of potable quality. Adequate provision of water for washing the premises shall be made. * 1.1(D) Disposal of Waste: From the manufacturing sections and laboratories the waste water & the residues which might be prejudicial to * the workers or public health shall be disposed off after suitable treatment as per guidelines of pollution control authorities to render them harmless. * 1.1(E) Container's Cleaning: In factories where operations involving the use of containers such as bottles, vials and jars are conducted, there shall be adequate arrangements separated from the manufacturing operations for washing, cleaning and drying of such containers. 1.1(F) Stores: Storage should have proper ventilation and shall be free from dampness. It should provide independent adequate space for storage of different types of material, such as raw material, packaging material & finished products. * 1.1(F)(A) Raw Materials: All raw materials procured for manufacturing will be stored in the raw materials store. The manufacture based on the experience and the characteristics of the particular raw material used in Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani system shall decide the use of appropriate containers which would protect. 9 Quality of the raw material as well as prevent it from damage due to dampness, microbiological contamination or rodent and insect infestation, etc. If certain raw materials require such controlled environmental conditions, the raw materials stores may be sub-divided with proper enclosures to provide such conditions by suitable * cabinization. While designing such containers, cabins or areas in the raw materials store, care may be taken to * handle the following different categories of raw material:- * 1. Raw material of metallic origin. * 2. Raw material of mineral origin. 3. Raw material from animal source. * 4. Fresh Herbs. 5. Dry Herbs or plant parts. * 6. Excipients etc. * * t 7. Volatile oils/perfumes & flavours. 8. Plant extracts and exudates/resins. Each container used for raw material storage shall be properly identified with the label which indicates name of the raw material, source of supply and will also clearly state the status of raw material such as 'UNDER TEST' or | * = @ 1-12 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants * 'APPROVED' or 'REJECTED'. The labels shall further indicate the identify of the particular supply in the form of * batch No. or lot No. and the date of receipt of the consignment. All the raw materials shall be sampled and got tested either by the in house Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani experts (Quality control technical person) or by the laboratories approved by the Government and shall be used only on 0 approval after verifying. The rejected raw material should be removed from other raw material store and should be kept in separate room. Procedure of 'First in first out' should be adopted for raw materials wherever necessary. Records of the receipt, testing and approval or rejection and use of raw material shall be maintained. 1.i(F)(B) Packaging Materials: All packaging materials such as bottles, jars, capsules etc. shall be stored properly. All containers and closure shall be adequately cleaned and dried before packing the products. * 1.1(F)(C) Finished Goods Stores: The finished goods transferred from the production area after proper packaging shall be stored in the finished goods stores within an area marked "Quarantine". After the quality control laboratory and the experts have * checked the correctness of finished goods with reference to its packing/labeling as well as the finished product quality as prescribed, then it will be moved to "Approved Finished Goods Stock" area. Only approved finished goods shall be dispatched as per marketing requirements. Distribution records shall be maintained as required. * If any Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug needs special storage conditions, finished goods store shall provide necessary environmental requirements. 1.1.(G) Working space: * The manufacturing area shall provide adequate space (manufacture and quality control) for orderly placement of equipment and material used in any of the operations for which these are employed so as to facilitate easy and safe working and to minimize or to eliminate any risk of mix-up between different drugs, raw materials and to prevent the possibility of cross contamination of one drug by another drug that is manufactured, stored or handled in the same premises. 1.1(H) Health Clothing, Sanitation and Hygiene of Workers: All workers employed in the Factory shall be free from contagious diseases. The clothing of the workers shall 0 consist of proper uniform suitable to the nature of work and the climate and shall be clean. The uniform shall also include cloth or synthetic covering for hands, feet and head wherever required. Adequate facilities for personal cleanliness such as clean towels, soap and scrubbing brushes shall be provided. Separate provision shall be made for lavatories to be used by men and women, and such lavatories shall be located at places separated from * the processing rooms. Workers will also be provided facilities for changing their clothes and to keep their * personal belongings. * 1.1(1) Medical Services: The Manufacturer shall also provide:- (a) adequate facilities for first aid; (b) medical examination of workers at the time of employment and periodical check up thereafter by a physician once a year, with particular attention being devoted to freedom from infections. Records thereof shall be maintained. 1.1(J) Equipment: For carrying out manufacturing depending on the size of operation and the nature of product manufactured, suitable equipment either manually operated or operated semi-automatically (Electrical or steam based) or fully 1-13 S ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants automatic machinery shall be made available. These may include machines for use in the process of * manufacture such as crushing, grinding, powdering, boiling, mashing, burning, roasting, filtering, drying filling, labeling and packing etc. To ensure ease in movement of workers and orderliness in operations a suitably adequate space will be ensured between two machines or rows of machines. These Equipments have to be * properly installed and maintained with proper cleaning. Proper standard operational procedures (SOPs) for cleaning, maintaining & performance of every machine * should be laid down. * 1.1(K) Batch Manufacturing Records: The licencee shall maintain batch manufacturing record of each batch of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs manufactured irrespective of the type of product manufactured (classical preparation or patent and proprietary medicines). Manufacturing records are required to provide an account of the list of raw materials and their quantities obtained from the store, tests conducted during the various stages of manufacture like taste, colour, physical characteristics and chemical tests as may be necessary or indicated in the approved books of Ayurveda, * Siddha and Unani mentioned in the First Schedule of the Drugs and Cosmetic Act, 1940 (23 of 1940). These 5 tests may include any in-house or pharmacopoeial test adopted by the manufacturer in the raw material or in the process material and in the finished product. These records shall be duly signed by Production and Quality * Control Personnel respectively. Details of transfer of manufactured drug to the finished products store including dates and quantity of drugs transferred along with record of testing of the finished product, if any, and packaging, records shall be maintained. Only after the manufactured drugs have been verified and accepted quality shall be 0 allowed to be cleared for sale. It should be essential to maintain the record of date, manpower, machine and equipments used and to keep in process record of various shodhana, Bhavana, burning in fire and specific grindings in terms of internal use. * 1.1(L) Distribution Records: Records of sale and distribution of each batch of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani Drugs shall be maintained in order * to facilitate prompt and complete recall of the batch, if necessary. 1.1(M) Record of Market Complaints: Manufacturers shall maintain a register to record all reports of market complaints received regarding the products sold in the market. The manufacturer shall enter all data received on such market complaints, investigations carried out by the manufacturers regarding the complaint as well as any corrective action initiated to prevent recurrence of such market complaints shall also be recorded. Once in a period of six months the manufacturer shall submit the record of such complaints to the licensing authority. The Register shall also be available for S inspection during any inspection of the premises. Reports of any adverse reaction resulting from the use of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs shall also be maintained in a separate register by each manufacturer. The manufacturer shall investigate any of the adverse reaction to find if the same is due to any defect in the product, and whether such reactions are already reported in the literature or it is a new observation. * 1.1(N) Quality Control: Every licensee is required to provide facility for quality control section in his own premises or through * Government approved testing laboratory. The test shall be as per the Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani pharmacopoeial standard. Where the tests are not available, the test should be performed according to the manufacturers specification or other information available. The quality control section shall verify all the raw * materials, monitor in process, quality checks and control the quality of finished product being released to finished goods store/ware house. Preferably for such Quality control there will be a separate expert. The quality control section shall have the following facilities: TMAW 1-14 p~~ELS ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & * Processing of Medicinal Plants * 1. There should be 150 sq. feet area for quality control section. 2. For identification of raw drugs, reference books and reference samples should be maintained. 3. Manufacturing record should be maintained for the various processes. 4. To verify the finished products, controlled samples of finished products of each batch will be kept for 3 years. 5. To supervise and monitor adequacy of conditions under which raw materials, semi-finished products and finished products are stored. * 6. Keep record in establishing shelf life and storage requirements for the drugs. * 7. Manufacturers who are manufacturing patent proprietory Ayuveda Siddha, and Unani medicines shall provide their own specification and control references in respect of such formulated drugs. 8. The record of specific method and procedure of preparation, that is, "Bhavana", "Mardana" and "Puta" and the record of every process carried out by the manufacturer shall be maintained. * 9. The standards for identity, purity and strength as given in respective pharmacopoeias of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani systems of medicines published by Government of India shall be complied with. 10. All raw materials will be monitored for fungal, bacterial contamination with a view to minimise such contamination. 11. Quality control section will have a minimum of 12. a. one person with Degree qualification in Ayurveda/Siddha/Unani (A.S.U.) as per Schedule II of Indian Medicine Central Council Act, 1970 (84 of 1970) of a recognized university or Board. b. Provided that Bachelor of Pharmacy, Pharmacognosy and Chemistry may be associated with the quality control section. 3.0 Requirement for Sterile Product: (A) Manufacturing Areas For the manufacture of sterile Ayurvedic, Unani and Siddha drugs, separate enclosed areas specifically designed for the purpose shall be provided. These areas shall be provided with air locks for entry and shall be essentially dust free and ventilated with an air supply. For all areas where aseptic manufacture has to be carried out, air supply shall be filtered through bacteria retaining filters (HEPA Filters) and shall be at a pressure higher than in the adjacent areas. The filters shall be checked for performance on installation and periodically thereafter the record of checks shall be maintained. All the surfaces in sterile manufacturing areas shall be designed to facilitate cleaning and disinfection. For sterile manufacturing routine microbial counts of all Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani * drug manufacturing areas shall be carried out during operations. Results of such count shall be checked against established in-house standards and record maintained. S Access to manufacturing areas shall be restricted to minimum number of authorised personnel. Special * procedure to be followed for entering and leaving the manufacturing areas shall be written down and displayed. For the manufacturing of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug that can be sterilised in their final containers, the design of the areas shall preclude the possibility of the products intended for sterilisation being mixed with or taken to be products already sterilised. In case of terminally sterilised products, the design of the areas shall preclude the possibility of mix up between non-sterile and sterile products. MWWWO 1-15 e ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants (B) Precautions against contamination and mix: a. Carrying out manufacturing operations in a separate block of adequately isolated building or operating in * ~~~~~an isolated enclosure within the building. b. Using appropriate pressure differential in the process area. * ~~~~c. Providing a suitable exhaust system. d. Designing laminar flow sterile air systems for sterile products. e. The germicidal efficiency of UV lamps shall be checked and recorded indicating the burning hours or * ~~~~~checked using intensity. f. Individual containers of liquids, and opthalmic solutions shall be examined against black-white * ~~~~~background fitted with diffused light after filling to ensure freedom from contamination with foreign suspended matter. * ~~~~g. Expert technical staff approved by the Licensing Authority shall check and compare actual yield against theoretical yield before final distribution of the batch. 0 ~~~All process controls as required under master formula including room temperature relative humidity, volume filled, * ~~~leakage and clarity shall be checked and recorded. 4p ~PART -Il * ~~A. LIST OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM MANUFACTURING PERMISES REQUIRED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF VARIOUS CATEGORIES OF AYURVEDIC, SIDDHA SYSTEM OF MEDICINES. 0 - ~ ~ ~ ------ - ---SCat edicin of reqiuire manufacturing -spaceM- ie/eupmn eomne * -- - ~~~~~~~~1200 Square feet covered area with :separate cabins partitions for each 5 'a~~~~~~~~~~~~~ctivity. If Unani medicines are manufactured in same Premises an additional Area of 400 sq. feet will be required. I I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Karel/mechnised/motorised,knarel, End! * ' 1. Anjana/Pisti 100 Sq. feet ~~~~~~~runner! Ball-Mill Sieves/Shifter :Churna/Nasya iGrinder! Disintegrator/ Manjan/Lepa Kwath ChurnSq.feet 2. wah 200n Pulverisar! Powder mixer! sieves/shifter . ~~~~Ball Mill, Mass mixer powder mixer pill/vati Pills/Vatti/Gutika cutting machine,stainless steel trays! * ~~~~~~Matirai 10qfetContainers for Storage. Driers/Mechanised chattee(for mixing guggul) where required. * 1 ~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Ball Mill, Mass * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Mixer/PowdermixerGranulator drier, Tablet ~~-'~~"'~~~' 100Sf ~~~compressing Machine and sugar-Coating, 4. iTablts 1 0 q.feet fliching pay in case of sdgar coated 5 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~tablets,mechanisedchattee (for mixing of guggulu) where required. * ~~~~5. 'Kupi pakva/! l50 Sq.feet Bhatti, Karahi! Stainles Steel * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1-16 ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Processing of Medicinal Plants :Ksara/Parpati/ Vessels/Patila Flask, Multani Matti/Plaster' Lavana B3hasma*o Paris,Copper Rod,Earthen container, ,Satva/ Sindura, iGaj Put Bhatti, Muffle furnace(Electri cally Karpu/Uppu/Param I IOeatd End/Edge Runner, Exhaust' I I Fan, ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Wooden/S.S. Spatula. * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Earthen lamps for Collection of Kaja,Ij Tipple Roller Mill, End Runner, Sieves, 6 Kajal I1100 Sq. feet S.S.Patila,Filling/packing and manufacturing room should be providedlI * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~with exhaust fan & ultra violet lamps Air Conditioner, De humidifier,: 7. Capsules ;100 Sq.feet '~~~hygrometer,Thermo-meter, Capsule fillingi 7. Capsules 100 Sq.feet ~~~~Machine and chemical balance. 5 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Tube filling Pasai machine, Crimping * 8 100 Sq.feet I ~~~~~~~~~~~Medicine/Ointment Mixer, End Runner /Mill l(Where required), S.S. Storage Container S..Patila Bhatti section fitted with Exhaust fan and * ~~~~~9 100 Sq.feet should be fly proof, Iron Kadahi/ S.S. Patila * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~and S.S. Storage container Tinctum press, Kwath Manapaku exhaust * fa~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~n fitted and fly proof, Bhatti section, I 10 SrpPrvh 150 Sq.feet Bfl ahn ahn,fle rs/rv yrup/Pravahi ~~~~~~~~~~~filter Liquid filling tank with tap/liquid filling! * m~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~achine, P.P. Copping Machine. * I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Same as mentioned above. ;Fermentation tanks containers and 0 ~~~~ Asava/Aristha ~~~~~~~~~~Distillation Plant where necessary, Filter~ I 1 Aava/Aistha 200 Sq.feetPrs 12 100 Sq.feet ~~~~~~~~~~Same as mentioned above plus Distillation * ~~~~~ Sura 10Sqfe plant and Transfer pump Maceration tank, Distillation plant, * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Liquid filling tank with tap/Gravity filter/ * ~~~~~13 Ark Tinir 100 Sq.feet Filter press, Visual inspection box * - - . - - - -- - - -. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Bhatti, Kadahi/S.S. Patila S.S. Storage Ig 14 Tail/Ghrit Ney 100 Sq.feet ~~Containers, Filtration equipment, fillin * ~~~~~4 ~alGrtNy 0S.ettank with tap/Liquid filling machine. * - --- -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~o air oven electrically heated with ;thermostatic control , cettle gas or * ~~~~~~~Aschyotan/ Netra 'electrically heated with suitable mixing 15. 1 00 Sq.feet aragmnsclainmlIronmn Malham Paniraragmnsclainmloritet imill, tube filling equipment, mixing and, 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~storage tanks of stainless steel or of other~ ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & Processing of Medicinal Plants * r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~suitable material sintered- glass funnel, * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~seitz filter or filter candle, liquid filling * - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~equipment, autoclave. * I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Each manufacturing unit will have a, separate area for Bhatti, furnaces, boilers, 200 Sq.feet ~~~~~~~puta, etc. This will have proper ventilation, 16 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~removal of smoke, prevention of flies, insects, dust etc. The furnace section * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~could have tin roof. LIST OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM MANUFACTURING PERMISES 0 ~~~REQUIRED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF VARIOUS CATEGORIES OF UNANI SYSTEM * ~~~~OF MEDICINES. SI.No. Category of MedicineMnimum manufacturing space Machinery/recommended I eicine~0 required equipmnt - _____- ~~~~1200 square feet covered area with * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~separate abins, Partitions for each activity. if Ayurveda/Siddha, Medicines are also manufactured in * -~~~~~~~~~~~~same premises an additional areas * -___ I ~~~~~~~~~~~of 400 square feet will be required rnevrsr,--___ 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Sieves, powder mixer I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(if required), S.S. Itrifal Tiryao/ majoon/Laooq/ S JawarishKhamiras 1~~~~~~~~100 Sq.feet 'Patilas, Bhatti and ;Other accessories, * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Planter mixer for Khamiras Distililation Plant (garembic) S.S. Storage Tank, * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Boiling Vessel, 2. Arq. 10 Su q.teet -Gravity filter, Bottle !Filling machine, Bottle washing! * I machine, Bottle drier. ~Grinder/Pulversier, * ~~~~3 IHabb (Pills) 1 00 Sq.feet Seives, Powder Mixer, * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(Where required) Trays. * f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Grnder/pulversier, I 4 Sufoof (Powder) 100 Sq. feet ~~~~~Seives, Trays, Sccops, 4 Sufoof (Powder) 1 00 Sq. feetPowder mixer, (Where * I ____ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~required). * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Oil Expeller, S.S. 5.Raughan (oils) (Crushing & 10SfetPatilas Oil filter -. ~~~~~~Boiling) 10 q.etBottle, filling Machine, * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Bottle drier, Bhatti * ~~~~6. Shiyaf, Surma, Kajal End runer,.mixngeS.S 100 Sq. feet Y~~~essel- ECP Agri. 1: Collection, Cultivation & * Processing of Medicinal Plants S * j ! [ Minimum manufacturing space - i SI.No. Category of Medicine - required equipment Machinery/recommended | S ~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Kharal. * ,. | '(Bhatti, End runner, * 5 7. Marham, Zimad, Ointment) 1100 Sq.feet Grinder, Pulveriser, * | t | iTripple Roller Mill (if needed). * - I Grinder/Pulveriser, * + \ ISieves, Powder mixer * + ', i (Where needed), . Granulator, Drier, * a a ITablet Compressing * 8. Qurs(Tab) '100 Sq.feet Machine, Die punches I i | jTrays, O.T. Apparatus, * | . 'Balance with weights, * | | IScoops, Sugar Coating Pan, polishing pan, 'Heater. * ~ 9 KstaStrhatti, Kharai, i * 9 Kushta 100 Sq.feet Baita, Eartern pots. * | | iAluminium Vessels 50-100 i I 10. ;Murabba 100 Sq.feet kgs. Capacity, Gendna, * j ____ Bhafti. * . i | IPulveriser, Powder mixer iWhere needed), capsule 9 t 'filling machine, Air * 11 ,Capsule 100 Sq.feet Conditioner,Dehumidifier * f | , Balance with weights, storage-containers, ooo * ] 'glass. Tinctum Press, exhausted 'fan fitted, Bhatti ;section, Bottle Washing machine, Filter Press * 1 . | IGravity Filter, Liquid 12 Sharbat & Jushanda 1 00 Sq.feet 'filling tank with tap/ * { liquid filling Machine, * l IPP capping machine, air oven electrically heated * lwith Thermostatic _____ ______ _ _ _ __ _ |_____ ________________________________ f control, cettle. Qutoor Chasm and Marham (Eyef IHot air oven electrically heated 13. drops Eye ointment 100 Sq.feet with Thermostatic control, 'drops Eye ointment !Cettle. * | IEach manufacturing unit will have' . . :a separate area for Bhatti, furnaces, boilers, putta, etc. This O 14 will have proper ventilation, !removal of smoke, prevention of flies, insects, dust etc. j § ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1-19 S S 0 0 S S S 0 0 0 0. 0 0. 0 S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S 0 0 S 0 S S 0 o. 0 S 0 Government of Assam, India : * J ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ujy 2004 __ S S * ECP AGRI-2.0 Irrigation Management * 2.1 General * 2.1.1 AACP envisages provision of irrigation facilities to increase productivity through (i) Shallow * tube wells, and (ii) lift irrigation through river pumping stations. The environmental issues associated with the installation of shallow tube wells for irrigation purposes are i) 6 Concentration of tube wells ii) High iron; fluoride and oil contents, and iii) soil * contamination due to oil spillages. This ECP provides information and practices to be * adopted by the Agriculture Department towards minimisation of the environmental * impacts during planning, design and operation of the irrigation systems. 2.1.2 The ECP shall be applicable to STWs and DTWs located outside lkm of the boundary of 6 National Parks, Sanctuaries, Ramsar Sites, Grade I Beels, Classified Forest and Open * Space. * 2.1.3 The ECP for RLP shall also not be applicable for areas where STW/DTW is restricted. In * addition, provisions of ECPs shall not apply for areas near Grade I, Grade II and Grade III beels and natural water channels. The Provisions of the ECP shall apply to projects which *0 are classified as "Low Impacts" by the ETO based on information furnished in the PID1 40 2.2 Legislation As per the report of Central Ground Water Board in 18 out 23 districts of state tube wells are feasible. * i)Tinsukia, ii) Dibrugarh, iii) Sibsagar, iv)Jorhat, v)Golaghat, vi)Nagaon, vii)Morigaon, * viii)Kamrup, ix)Nalbari, x)Barpeta, xi)Bongaigaon, xii)Dhubri, xiii)Kokrajhar, xiv)Goalpara, * xv)Darrang, xvi)Sonitpur, xvii)North Lakhimpur xviii)Dhemaji * Relevant provisions of Assam irrigation Act are presented in Table 2-1 * Table 2-1: Relevant Provisions of Irrigation Act * Legislation Relevant Provisions * Section-3: Notification of intention to apply or regulate water for * irrigation: The Assam Irrigation Section 28: Supply of Water * Act 1983 Section 29: Factor to be taken into consideration in determining supply of * water * Section 52: Removal and modification of obstructions * 2.3 Selection of Appropriate System 2.3.1 Prior to selection of appropriate irrigation system, the aspects to be considered by the 0 Extension officer/beneficiary are presented in Table 2.2. 0 2 S * S ~~~~TePoetomto ouet(I)f rgto aae7etI rsne sApni C g , ______ _ ECP Agri. 2: Irrigation Management S * Table 2-2: Criteria for Selection of Appropriate System * Parameter Aspect * Water Quality 1. Free of contamination from pesticides herbicide), heavy metals (iron, Fluoride and Arsenic), Hydrocarbons, organic solids, salts, nematode and * other parasitic organisms * 2. Desirable temperature and pH * Water Quantity 3. Availability of sufficient volumes on demand 4. Design to accommodate peak crop needs * Legal 5. To be complied with before drawing water to irrigate Considerations Capital & operating 6. Minimal costs of power and O&M * costs Environmental 7. There shall not be any impact on the water cycle of the fragile ecosystem, Impacts nor interfere with quantity or quality of flowing water for downstream users * 8. Not impair indicators of soil health - soil water holding capacity, total * organic Nitrogen and Carbon, pH and conditions of soil surface aggregates * Safety 9. Not be a potential safety hazard 0 * 2.3.2 To achieve optimum irrigation intensities in alluvial plains, conjunctive use of ground and surface water, accompanied by an efficient system of surface drainage is necessary. The fixing of intensity of irrigation shall be done as per guidelines suggested in the IS: * 13668:1993 (Refer Appendix ECP Agri. 2.2). The conjunctive use of ground and surface * water can be proposed in whole state except hill districts2 and southern Assam (Refer * Figure 2.1), wherein surface irrigation is the only viable option. ARIVlET!lRISUT*RIFS RIVIkET-TRIBU-ARIES FIELDS GETTING ACCESS FIELDS GETTING ACCESS TO SURFACE IRRIGATION TO SURFACE IRRIGATION - _ FIELDS GETTING ACCESS THRU BORE WELLS FIELDS GETTING ACCESS > S THRU WATER TANKS -FIELDS GETTING ACCESS FEIEDS GETTING ACCESS TO SURFACE IRRIGATION TO SURFACE IRRIGATION FIELDS GETTING ACCESS FIELDS CETfiNG ACCESS w ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TO SURFACE IRRIGATION TO Sl.RFACE ,RRIGAT4)N i @ Optionl: Surface-Ground Water Option 2: Surface Water * ____ _ _ * ~ Thr hiIl districts of State are North Cachar Hllls and Karbi Anglong. Atnd the Southern Districts are Cachar Hallakandi and Kanrlgany respectitvely. * AW 2-2 S ~ , ECP Agri. 2: Irrigation Management * 22. Design and Installation of Shallow Tube wriells * 2.4.1 STWs shall be discouraged in 36 blocks in 12 districts in which high concentration of Arsenic has been identified. In such blocks alternate sources of irrigation such as surface water or rain water harvesting shall be encouraged. 2.4.2 The quality of ground water shall be tested3 for Iron, Arsenic, and Fluoride prior to commissioning of tube wells. Based on the results appropriate method for removal shall * be suggested by the District Agriculture Officer or extension officer. Table 2-3 shows the region wise problems in water quality in Assam, which shall be revised every two years. * The construction and testing of the tube wells shall be done as per IS: 2800:1991 (Part 1: * Construction) (Refer Appendix ECP Agri 2.3). - S Table 2-3: Region wise Problems in ground water quality for irrigation uses * Name of Region4 Permissible Limit (mg/I) Iron Fluoride Arsenic Hydro- Lower Assam North of Brahmaputra 0 ~~~~~South of Brahmaputra iron above 5mg/I * SuCentral Assam (as per NERIWALM) North Of Brahmaputra *Fluoride above 5mg/I S South of Brahmaputra (as per CGWB) Upe SouthsofsBrahmaptr Arsenic above 0.1 mg/I * upper Assam (as per NERIWALM) North of Brahmaputra Hydrocarbon above 10mg/I South of Brahmaputra (as per NERIWALM) Southern Assam _ Hill Districts . l Legend5: High Medium l | Low Nil S Source: Study on Safe Yield of Groundwater and level of iron, fluoride, arsenic and hydrocarbon in Assam, North Eastern Regional Institute of Water and Land Management, Tezpur (Assam), Indla, March 2004 * 25 ,œitij.!lzion measures for issues pertaining to ground wvater quality * 2.5.1 Iron Content: Where iron content in ground water is beyond the permissible limits (above * 5mg/I) the practice adopted for irrigation shall be a Water shall be cascaded from a height of at least 2m. a a Water shall be allowed to move through the water channel for a distance of about 200m before being applied to the field Application of Organic matter and lime in crop field shall help in reducing the iron content in soil and water. For details on lime application refer ECP AGRI-4: Soil and Nutrient Management. Fixation of applied phosphorus by iron can be reduced through use of Rock Phosphate and PSB bio fertilizer in soil. For details on bio-fertilizer application refer ECP AGRI-4: Soil and Nutrient Management. Mainantainence of riparian vegetation shall arrest iron. S 3 It shall be the responsibility of the PCU and Department for testing the water quality before commissioning of tube well. _4 The Districts considered in (i) North Brahmaputra in lower Assam are (a) Bongaigaon: (b) Barpeta: (c) Kokrajhar; (d) Nalbari; and (e) Part of Dhubri, (ii) South Brahmaputra in lower Assam are (a) Goalpara and (b) Part of Dhubri, (iii) North Brahmaputra in Central Assam are (a) Darrang and (b) Part of Kamrup, (iv) South Brahmaputra in Central Assam are (a) Morigaon: (b) Nagaon: and (c) Part of Kamrup, (v) North Brahmaputra in Upper Assam are (a) Lakhimptir (b) Dhema;i; and (c) Part of Jorhat, (vi) South Brahmaputra in Upper Assam are (a) Dibrugarh: (b) Golaghat; (c) Sibsagar: (d) Sonitpur: (e) Tinsukia: and (f) Part of Jorhat. 5 ' The rarges assigned to High is Above 50%: Medium is 25-50%; and Low is Below ?5% _ =1¢ 2-3 * ECP Agri. 2: Irrigation Management * 2.5.2 Fluoride Content: If the fluoride content in the ground water is above 5mg/l the DAO shall * ensure that the tube well is closed as per the IS: 11632-1986 and alternate source for * shall be identified to meet the future water demand (Refer Appendix ECP Agri. 2.4). * If the fluoride content is in the range of 3mg/I to 5mg/l, fluoride shall be reduced by (i) * anion exchange; (ii) Adsorption by calcium phosphate, magnesium hydroxide or activated * carbon and (iii) Reverse osmosis will remove 93 - 95 % of the fluoride. 2.5.3 Arsenic Content: The arsenic content of the ground water is within permissible limit in all . over state (as per the NERIWALM, Tezpur) (Refer Table 2-3). If the arsenic content in the ground water is above permissible limits (above 0.1 mg/I) the DAO shall ensure that the * tube well is closed as per the IS: 11632-1986 and alternate source shall be identified to meet future water demand. For treatment of ground water for arsenic content, the * following techniques which shall be used are (i) In-situ Oxidation; (ii) Co-Precipitation and Adsorption Processes; (iii) Bucket Treatment Unit. There are treatment technique for removal of inorganic contaminants;as reverse osmosis, activated alumina, ion exchange, * activated carbon, and distillation. . Filtration through activated carbon will reduce the amount of arsenic in drinking water from 40 - 70%. Anion exchange can reduce it by 90 - 100%. Reverse Osmosis has a 90% removal rate, and * Distillation will remove 98%. . If the arsenic is present in organic form, it can be removed by oxidation of the organic material and subsequent coagulation. * 2.5.4 It shall be the responsibility of PCU to undertake monitoring of Arsenic and fluoride of * whole state in third year of the project. Further, half yearly monitoring of Arsenic in 36 blocks of 12 districts and Fluoride in 12 blocks of 8 districts shall be done though out the * project period. * 2.5.5 Hydrocarbons (Oil content): If the hydrocarbon content in the ground water is above * 10mg/l the DAO shall ensure that the tube well is closed as per the IS: 11632-1986 and alternate source for the water has to be considered to meet the future water demand. Hydrocarbons can have considerable impact on soil environment because of its extreme stability and subsequent entry into food chain. Not much study on affect of hydrocarbon * on soil and plant has been done. Hence, a detailed study of soil and agronomical aspects of hydrocarbon at micro-watershed level need to be taken. Where groundwater is used * for irrigation with oil content, the water shall be allowed to fall in tank with outlet of water at the lower level of the tank, so that the oil content get accumulated at the surface, which can be drained out through separate pipe. . 2.6 Distance between tube wells 2.6.1 The spacing of tube wells shall be determined by soil strata and its yielding capacity, * depth of static water table, depth of tube wells, depth from which water is drawn and * draws down. In no case, cone of depression of one tube well should interfere with that of D adjacent tube well. For the safe yield of ground water region wise average distance6 between the shallow tube wells mainly ranges between 150-200m.The Field engineer/Extension officer shall make the site visit prior to sanction of tube wells to the * identified beneficiary (as indicated in * 2.6.2 Table 2-4). If the distance between the tube wells is less than the permissible distances, * the Field Engineer/ Extension officer shall suggest appropriate alternative locations. In the * _ __ _ _ _ - * b Study on Safe Yield of GroLUndwater and level of iron, fluoridec. arsenic and hydrocarbon in Assam. North Eastern Regional Institite of Water and Land Management, Tezpuir (Assain) India, March? 2004 ; =e'} 2-4 | ECP Agri. 2: Irrigation Management * event of non-availability of such alternative locations, alternate sources of irrigation shall be explored and recommended to the beneficiary. Table 2-4: Region wise Permissible distance between the tube wells _ Regions in State7 lLower Assam Central Assam Upper Southern Assam Assam Minimum Distance Between Tube wells * Shallow Tube wells l 150-200 150-200 100-150 200-250 * 2.7 Rehabilitation of Shallow & Deep Tube wells * 2.7.1 The rehabilitation of tube wells shall be done as per the guidelines suggested in the IS: * 11632-1986, Code of Practice of rehabilitation of tube wells. The tube wells shall normally be taken up for reconstruction/rehabilitation when its specific yield falls down below 1/2 to 1/3rd of the designed specific yield. Also, a tube well shall be taken up for repairs for * improvement of discharge, when its specific yield falls about 80 per cent of the initial value. * 2.8 Lift Irrigation System * 2.8.1 During the installation of pumping stations, for utilising surface water sources for * irrigation, the Field Engineer of Agriculture Department shall assess the condition of headraces as to whether full flow is ensured (reaching all parts of the system) without * overflowing. The selection and installation of the pumps shall be as per guidelines * suggested in the IS: 9694 (Part I to II)-1980&87, Code of practice for the selection and * installation of horizontal centrifugal pumps for Agriculture applications (Appendix ECP Agri * 2.5 (a) & (b)). 2.8.2 During planning, design and construction of new surface Channels and Water Carriage Systems, the irrigation department shall adopt the following practices: * . Protection of banks through slope protection measures as pitching, vegetating side slopes and maintenance of gentle slopes 2:1 (Horizontal: Vertical) . Provision of vegetative buffers wherever land is available in coordination with FMC to strengthen * the bund * 2.9 Water Harvesting * 2.9.1 Water harvesting shall be recommended in locations where (i) Ground water is not available for irrigation; (ii) head loss from surface water irrigation sources during conveyance is high; and (iii) Quality of ground water is above permissible limit for * irrigation purposes. Water harvesting for irrigation shall be (i) by storing water in the natural depressions / ponds / by * pass ponds / impounded ponds through (a) Direct rainfall, (b) ground water, (c) Tile drainage system, (d) water wells and (e) Rivers or streams. The construction guidelines and Main water * sources are presented in Table 2.5 and Table 2.7. The fixing of intensity of irrigation shall be as per IS: 13668:1993 (Refer Appendix 2. 1). 0 The region wise classification of distncts are (i) Lower Assam- Bongaigaon, Barpeta, DhObri, Goalpara, Kokrajhar and * Nalban: (ni) Central Assam- Kamrup, Darrang. Marigaon and Nagaon, (iii) Upper Assam- Sonitptir, Lakhimpuir, Dhemaji, Golaghat, Sibsagar, Jorhat, Dibrugarh and Tinstlkia. (iv) Southern Assam- Kann7gnny, Hailakandi and Cachar ..,17 2-5 * * ECP Agri. 2: Irrigation Management * Table 2-5: Guidelines of Water Harvesting Tanks Natural Depression8 Dug out Ponds By-Pass Pond Impoundment Pond 1. Construction of 1. Depth of pond shall be 3m 1. Side slopes 2:1 1. A dam is built across an Embankment to 4m (Horizontal:Vertical) or intermittent stream _ 2. Preparation of 2. Side slopes 2:1 flatter 2. Can hold back large side slopes to 2:1 (Horizontal:Vertical)or 2. Depth of pond shall be volume of water * 3. Leveling of pond flatter 3m to 4m depending on valley beds 3. Storage volume 3. Locate adjacent to characteristics determined by how much streams v is excavated 4. Space constraint in valley areas to be * ________ considered Table 2-6: Main Water Sources for Water Harvesting * Consideration Natural Dug out Ponds I By-pass rImpoundment Main Water Sources Depressions T Ponds Pond _ Main Water Sources Direct Rainfall O | 0 0 Ground Water 0 0 0 * Drainage System 0 X Water Well 00 0l _ River, Streams * c * Legend Full Water Requirement Ki Partial Water Requirement H q Wat * 2.10 Operation and maintenance * 2.10.1 The factors influencing the trouble free working of pump set depends on its operation and maintenance. The consideration for operation of pumps are (i) Priming; (ii) Lubrication; (iii) Starting and stopping procedures; (iv) Restarting motor driven pumps after power * failure and (v) Restarting pump after long idle period. The considerations for maintenance * of the pumps are (i) Selection of installation; (ii) Daily observation of pump operation; (iii) * Annual inspection and complete overhaul. The Operation and maintenance of the pumps for irrigation purposes shall be as per provisions of IS: 9694 (Part III to IV)-1980, Code of practice for selection and installation of horizontal centrifugal pumps for Agriculture * applications (Appendix ECP Agri. 2.5 (c) & (d)). * 2.10.2 Though not a significant impact, towards addressing the soil contamination around the * pump locations (due to spillage of oil during handling and operations), a sand bed of about 30 cm shall be created over an area of 2.5 x 2.5 m (approx), around the pump. It shall be the responsibility of the farmer/user to dispose the sand soaked with oil, if any, * prior to rainy season. 2.11 Estimating irrigation requirements * 2.11.1 The general guidelines for irrigation requirements of major crops are specified in IS: 9664 * (Part-I)-1987. The department of agriculture shall work out quantity of water required to * irrigate the field based on (a) type of soil;(b) type of crop (c) size of field (d) conveyance losses of water (e) local climatic conditions. The Extension officers of the Department of Agriculture in association with the Farm Management Committee shall prepare a irrigation * plan. When irrigation system capacity will not satisfy crop water requirements during the * peak of the irrigation season an irrigation plan shall be prepared based on: 0 * The tnatural depression are other than Beels or wetlands $5 *.¢ 2-6 *~~~~~~~~~~~w 0 ECP Agri. 2: Irrigation Management 0 * * The period of the season where limitations will occur shall be identified before the season starts, * and a strategy developed to accommodate the limitation. Preserving soil water moisture * 2.11.2 Stress conditioning, and controlled deficit irrigation, that is deliberately stressing crops at * various stages, can be planned at the start of the irrigation season. 0 Claus. 2.3.1 rb | |~~~~~Ii Cntenia fozr Selection of Systerm Selection of Appropriate System | Claus. 2.32 Intensity and Options of Sources * [ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clatus t2.41t Ground Water Tesdng and Status| i | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Measures forlIron conlet | Installation of Tube Wells _ sures for Ftunde Content *I0 Distae Clsuse25.5 @ r |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Measures for Hydrocarbon Content| n ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~z Cltttrt Z' 6 0 O Distance between Tube wells Standards for Spingo n Regoran is ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Claus.t 2.7 F Rehabilitation of Deep and aubes fel. Z ~~~~~~~~~~Shallow Tube wells Tubewefls * rui Surface Water Irrigation Clauf 2.7.1 Ct Technique-River Pumping Station Selecton and nstallatn of Pumps for * and Low Lift Pump RPS I ~~~~~~~Claus 2.8 I ~~~~~~~~~~~Planning, Design and Conshucton of | X Surface Channel 0 Water Harvesting-Sources and Clue2.9.1 * Considerations Appropnate Locabon for Water Hanresdng *~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CK Cft2.9.2 Consructon Guidelinme and Main diCaues 2.10.1 * Source Guidelhnes for Operton and _Operation and Maintenance ofMaintenance . _ g Pumps * I fngn of oit spdltages from pumps fl_ Claus. C 2.11.1 Planning and Estimating Irrigation G.idelmes for Irrigation reouirements Requirement Cam211. L Ctaus. 2.21.2 * : ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Plonnirg of Iri gation ~~'-'~---~''----------------- ._.__2- * ECP Agri. 2: Irrigation Management 0 * APPENDIX ECP AGRI 2.1: PROJECT INFORMATION DOCUMENT * INSTALLATION OF STW, DTW, RLP, * | District Block * | Village l l Name of FMC * 1. Type of Intervention STW DTW RLP * 2. Distance of the Facility from: i) Sensitive Location National parks, m NA Sanctuaries,. m NA Ramsar sites, m NA Grade I Beels, m NA Grade II Beels m NA * Grade III Beels m NA * Classified Forests m NA * 3. Nature and Scale of Operation * Number of Members in the FMC * Area of land under jurisdiction of FMC Number of Tubewells in the FMC l 1 What is the minimum distance of the tubewel from the nearest STW in the following directions: * N NE E SE S SW W NW Show the proposed site of the tubewell and location of nearest tubewell * What is the approximate depth of water? * 4. Quality of Water Has water in any of the tubewells within 0.5 km been tested Yes No * If Yes, provide details of the test Arsenic .-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- I .~~~~~~Io 0. - 1 APPENDIX ECP AGRI 2.2 IS 13668: 1993 * Lirdimlan Standard * GUIDELINES FOR * FIX[NG INTENSITY OF IRRIGATION 0 L * UIDC 626^31/-84 0 0 0 0 0 S 0 S 0 0 0 0 0 * (ED BIS 1993 * BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS dMANAK BIIAVAN, 9 13AHADUR SHAH ZAFAR IMARG 0 NEW DELHI 110C02 0 jan=ary 1993 Price Group I '0 0 0 0 0 0 River Vall:y Pro,tct.: Planning, Irrigatiorn %lanagerment and EvAluation Scctional Ccinnlttce,e RVD6 F0 R EWO R D *ais Indian Standard ,vas adopted by the Bureau of fcdian Standardfs, ifter the draft finalized iy, the 31iver Valley ProjeLts: Planniing, Trr:ziti6-1. M anagerneat a bee alreter cih A inv iofnig 4 Cr04 t- 001 'ntc L: i pr'v with sr ac ,. tin . such itloi 11) SOIL1 FfCtiat S~gia fr.tgr,; withi aslf iernera ofarte,l?gi huni IId i ty vod wi ad Wili h)AVe riflation to the' 't he nat tire of the roll is of pr-i a iprtne 0 ~~~~~~intteasi ty' of tir i.gatiorl. hut mainly ii i-fall hta~. h 'he 11ield cIpaci ty of thie soil is an imiportanat To 4rf~ix the iWreliaii to th intensity of irrigation, criterion flor determiniog irrigayd mtor thhe Soil * f .lc;ters nef Di,trihution of rainfall will also have a relation type hlas aiitit mate rel,itiondlip wifh intensity with thie initensity of irrigation. In heavy rainfall itfirrigation, becaulse the waiter holding bapa. *ones the irrigation needs for crops will be ciy depelnds on the nature cif soil that is, sand.-y very less atid almost one less watering compared loamy or claycy. This may also depend on to the arid/'semi-arid zones will be reqttired sub-soil drainage and diepth of the soil. If the hence higher intensities can be achieved in high s part of the applied water rainfall zones. In semi-arid zones the intensity may be lost through drainage. hut if the soil of irrigation should be kept low as irrigation is deep, the applied water will remain in the needs will be very frequent. Not onIv the sub-soil and it ill be available to crop,;. irrigation is required f'requenitly in sem;-arid zonc, buAt there is a tieed for irrigattion for 7 GROUND WAToER CONDITION preparing land and sowing. cnucv 5Tr) P)I.tAPg( low water table ) i any project, th.li nni ilnitv of rrtinmay he suitably incrcaed. Hiigh T,p,gripiy has direct relation ti i rricaiion tenl-ssities help the fa-rmer toi derive tuz nixi * illtciv its', because preparition of land(i to Stitl rnjin,n c,,onomic be,nefit fronm thc land and * 0 0 0 w tN.ff''....' | * IS 13668: 1993 )O W)rk3;tse t lrtiiluoLhX gtintu3'til ngrie tBitur'.l1 coiplOy ;'inl lo i il'git i;o 'loCity Xn tilat thed toit.il inCome - iunt, pro3i3d,esd the soilS are o11 thIŽ an'.! t. " ';r h11Ci:i t:l OaPnI21ICd |; *a,nd .s it.r tibl- is lo wv eno ri l to piccha lI tih rik oM' atcr t i irg. 11 I[I, -P'f 'R 1. OF B1NEFITS * m uNIr 1kNi) NA IVRE OF, sAVAILMW D ;i*;r al of hencaitS to the flje r! t I i 11 A ve , 11 \ 1 5. "PPrll, '7 ,1j0.e "Ia d LO ai ;1S 10 Ji A A; tS j)0s~hifl' SlIQUd 'C Inc .rn whi ie a* ilt; of ci '~i"titiv. *o hc tal' l.ot of UrtfCC Wa.ter CV: a h .e Cons'dieri ig fa miv .1: a TiAt thc ir;iitti cn .PI vary !'i0o pn i et tO p'ojecCt. inil.ti-y b-n -fits Th{ould b. dioi ,crsod il the cormrund of 0 * tl.e )t ijianat of arourid ;v ater d,epcnidi upon the rh e arojarct. Ever' f-i'. v 'x: I I i;ri etea te hc o , _ ,' [itl '.'Kte ~tortuti' at ,vaIr ttiu;1 oI a1 i tprt rt' ,s I -i,I co f r 1 urii.Z i .. t:;Oc a ,iI!s- W , ; I ti tO ! Di¢' trr ih L3 t.l~. C)'I'C" SSf uqiiJ . >'iI,ty 0f1'' lte . rI ' i'i' t a ¾ t u.> l t e : i;nies. . I :srh, i .. 0 0 . * l Standard Mark The u e of the Sr.i -,.' rd Mark is governed by the provisions of the .ureau of anddJn j 0 8 S;.r*darJIs Act, 1936 3and thc Rules and Regtilations made thereunder. The Standard Mark _ products co,e.;d 'y ari ijdia Siandard conveys the assurance that they have bcn produced to comply with the requirements of that standard under a well defined system Of inspectioni, testing and 4juality control which is devised and su,pervised by BIS and ;prate.d by the producer. Standard marked products are also continuously checked by MS flor c-nformity to that ztandard as a further safeguard. Details of conditions under .shich a licence for the use of the Standard Mlark may be granted to manufacturers or I *nroduccrs nay be obtaiined from the Bureau of Indian Standards. 0 . -*~_ - . - . . . ,0 0 0 * APPENDIX ECP AGRI 2.3 0 3 ;300 ( ?Prt 1) 1391 wrw+w wrs X Red~~~,,,ifirint:d 1J397) J v X/TT 4 F IENTF AV qt;P?>ruT r 0 - * ~~~~~~~~~~~~iT I .A(c1 fr * ( ,,j.r 'r{(:wr ) Indian Standard * CODE OF PRACTICE FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 AND TESTING OF TUBEWELLS/BOREWELLS PART 1 CONSTRUCTION * ( Second Revision) First Reprint OCTOBER 1994 * UDC f23:12Z4 l,)576 * * /. . 0 . . 0 . . 0 'c) HiS 1991 *0 BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDAR DS IMANAK ISAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG 0 Pecemnber 1991 Price Croup 6 i S FOhEWOE9L, This ludLL S> i X h ) ,w 6od by the fUrc,, ox li &fer tLc 'tfc jized by SLc 9 s Se 4 Cowjmcitke h4d beca approvcd by Lb ivy i-Ldii4 Ea8gincanD, DiyLo; M,,"C. This Code of pr04 ' *4s P'; lur.:d o i49 64 ad rteviscd in 1979 iot rpii c rpi.3 tOrinki'. g vater 5.1 .uger tarilIi i4 1l19 195,t Methods for tubewell dtv.t- The drilling is done with a spiral or worm auger ionpfrcnt connected to square rods turned msnually with rod tiillrs, the cuttings produced as a result of 13 j. 9.39 Unplasticized PVC r o.-l ic, en drilling are removed with a sand shell. Steel _ casing and plain casing pipes casing pipes with driva shoes at the bottom are for bore/tubewells - Speci- lowered as the drilling progresses. This method fication is employed where very shallow drilling in alluvium formation is involved ( see Fig. 4A 9 3 TERRMINOLOGY and Fig. 48). For the purpose of this standard, definitions of the terms gencrally used in tubewell drilling 5.2 Water Jet Borilg technology specified in IS 9439: 1980 shall A drill bit with nozzles is attached to the drill app1Y- pipes at its bottom and through which water is 4 TYPE OF TUBEWELLS pumped at high pressure. The water on its return flow through the annul3r space betaeen 1.1 Type 1 ( Cavity Well ) the bore and the drill pipe, brings out the cutting along with it to the surface. Casing pip- is Cavity wvells arc generally shallow wells drilled simultaneously used to avoid caving in. The in alluvial formations ( see Fig. IA and Fig. IB ). inethod is iuitable for drilling shallow wells in These are wells with casings resting in thick, loose sandy formations ( see Fig, 5). *I 0 . NOUND LEVEL N~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~G NOJ LEVCL TG,P S + IL F^e$ _~L[iAL 9tJi TdP SOL '/J7_ _ ...f L - i. -AN)UY CLAY SANDY CLAY --1 S W. A- t7 5;t*ik ;rC. CLA~~~~~~~~~~~LY - CLAY~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CA -/= . t4 RV iS _, _' _ CLAY -tL_--kWELY __ iMFl__OU - -- r-- =LJV . W_ FINE SAND- --/.iES E -- - FiG. IA CAVITY WbLL ( LN" IkiLQ *.-. FIG. IB CAVITY WELL j Tcz UbiMX SUbdEASIi LE i'Uj4P) I.e...... .* *.*....*......~~~~~~~~~~~< S. . L£VE S ...... S. .SSS -r LV LEVEL CKrvt%Jr LEVEL SANDYC;^t j t S i 4 r L _ __ _ _ .8,L ............. ';t<.L. :CI. >- ~-r airu _ ' S..t.J~ ?V - ~ . '' _ 7 _ 1- .' Sw ;, 1 i ')LO( TE'o PX, COARSE 77777'A- 0 bAiL F16. 2A TviDEWELL( NATURAL Ga-V~L TvA,&wC __L-..=±--C A -L Fiwi. 2A TUJi8WIiLL (NATUIBAL GaVi: ,bE ..ij._ TUBBwjjj ( AaTLaCAL iu^' PL 'AwjV- TO ASSEMLY PlPE --EL hOUSit*G P - T Af-O LEE\ ''_ _ U - j / - IJw *r,t),f-JL; r< HAND REV - , ',it .iCtcM ,- : I CALA _riL) ' 4 _.__ _,k ti -LCEMENT Ai , E GROU .'. -I-.-fil^ ; 2 - - . WeLL, Wilid fl;: Jhr SLSTIED P^ 1, 4t:ip o e - - _ _ _ LJ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~h--toSCD hiLL FIrC. 2C TUbWiwLL (ARTEsiAN iLOWINj, FiG. 3 BO&REW4LL iN iAv i'UC5,. * IS 23C0 ( PLArt I): 191 * 1Y o -., 4 f sf. ;. Cv.~~~Nth drive "ho.s are *lz;ed Li ;w ho^ lf}e pi )-'f rcsCS.- 9 4~~~~~~~~Fo 4 UI X ' 963- \ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~rhis incthiod of f ')Filr.., is suiha;i;e four drdiing ia 5.3 Cilyx 01,111i'lgr i)~~ou'dcry f'ocmations. w ,-~~~~' bit .mad.e froism 11011ow sleel tube with twvo 5.S Rotary Drilling ansoO efr tfibe ( r:ore bDarrel )wicsh is futher 5.. DrctCfowo eto £ ( ~~~~~onnected to the drill rods. 1Th.-sc aire rotatedi A drill bit is rotated' mtchat}aically bfy ineains of ine chanically. ChilledJ shots are fted to the fdrill pipes, through which drilling mnud ( usually * ~~~~~bottorn of the bit through the drill string alO fng- b.-ntonite mfixed with other suimabl- mnatcrial ) is with water. These are groundJ by the shot bit,to circulated uknder pressure. This process of ^ ~~~~~form abrasive material with sharp edges which circulation lubricates the bit, cirries the cutting ~~~~ ~~Cuts into the consolidated formation forming an in susp-ension to the surface and also plasters , ~~~~~anxnu.lir ri-ng to form a core inside the core the wall of the hole to prXvent it frona cavinig-in. barrel, which is then taken oult from w ll1 by Very deep welts c~in b.- constructed in allaJviurn * Irouting the c(re with quartz chIS etc- Th"' formations by this method. methoid is soCCCssful for shalFow nmbowells * S;~~~~~r;iling in cons;o1idated rormaitiozns Nvith large 5.5.2 lReverie Circulation Mfethlod diamieter holes. A starting af drill pipes with a drill bit at thc *~ ~ ~~~S ecu30 rlti b<,Oom is rotated by mneehanic31 minans. Plain 5.5 Percusslon Or3111ng ~water or a fuid of &:lfing quality dc:pnding on * ~~~~~A heavy bit attached with a drill stein, a dr-illing the strata conditions, is allowe~d to flow into the jar to a cable is given up anid dowri spudding bQrd hal*, wherl drill i;uttings along with wat :r * ~~~~~motioni, either iiiantially or by power. Water is are suckid through thre driJI p.p -s by a centri- [ ~~~~added to dissolve the cuttings which ati lifted fug31i puinp and thrown into the settirg pit. T.he * S . * Ii~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ S *7i4\ *1 :i )Eu3HT .RPE tO 66T S; G'CRA CR SPOOL * 11 d * S / ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SWIYEL * / *RORIYE E HOSE TO ,YF ROPE l /FORCE PUM * 4 CRIVE NE £GhT CR llr \ T§LMP CR WRENCH FOR TU~GDRILL P~PE - ' C- IVE TEE - X,,. ,, PCOLt (O CATCH CGRILL!lG J { .FAj.f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PUvMP 0 [ C~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'RILL P,iEOR ; /jEC}~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NG PiFE * 1l DRI E SHOE DRILL FtO.; 5SIMPLEi JETTINGO Rio hole remains iti' under the hydroitatie pres- titilizcd for rapid impactiDg action by the 5 sure of the dr.l); r fluid, the level of which is hammer to the bit thus crushing the formation maintained cc.)iiiuotisly. targe diameter holes into small chips which arc flushed out through _ can be drilled in alirvium formatiors by this the annular space between the bore and the drill mtthod. pipes by the upcoming compressed air. 5.6 D4)vwn tie ifi-)i ifimier ( Drif ) Drilling 5 The drilling bits gmcrally used during the 0 The ;rrthe,l u d- for fist and dc;xio.ncal drilling by ircct circulation metlod rdn bey 4.f! ,n, >iri t; 1'- iations. Cnd Ai r is r-vers circihtion n-th-cd t ricone r k Is '800 ( Psrt I 1):1991 rolkr bits. diamond drilling bits, reaming bits rAbia I Nomeaelsture of fuhbewell Parts Ind thin .wall core bits. Iheir use depenis ajpon CIJ:uJ 6.1 and F;. I 2 and 3 ) the type of soil formations such as soit, medium __an_ _ ; arh ard d hards formations. rhe bits used for Sl :4rvne 4 otlecriptioaIl ryqlcAl percussion drilling are california pattern bits No. i'Att funeIlon of PiArt MiterlAxs * and for DTH drilling are button bits and drag (1) (2) )3) o:t It t) 0i iiA; o3r A hz cd sekti ,)ro-t S "5: ;9 5 b.'ttoin olms i4ded tt t'c bottern 'j .XCCESStIRIE.S r3ijit cna d nfhs pipc ^ s~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~iscntibly. A ifMri!a h.1 I'e ace.;.orics *co-rmonly used for tubewell mcd stt pte weo. * cvilstrun, ctJ0rt their diescription/fulnctiorni s d kcn hc~ L~Sda t. ty pica ty l anater'a for their manuNcturc ire * hil pluty"....1ng ,ao, ,tail ,tit I CA4 r' S S!1 Oh. baiil plug hook, c;ntralizer, taper reducer, blind pipe. ni'.l steel clamp, well cap a-td notch plate, is 3) Casing p:re Itaccd agaiast ;trita IS 4270 193 given in Fig. 6. from which water is Or not to be tappcd. IS IZSI8: 1989 * 7 INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY 4) 5crc&ns/ Has openings to IS 8J10: 1985 OF TilE TUBEWELL ~~~~~slotted pipes5 permit entriace of THE OWNER OF THE TUBEWELL water froin the rhe owner shall furnish the following informa- aquifer. tion to the drilling agency: 5) CcntralizCr The centralizing 1o 226 1975 guides are 6tted to a) Information regarding tubewells and dug thc well assembly except the housing well, existing near his land. Their dcpth, Pipe at stitable formation encountered and discharge, etC, s3p1acg to 'feCp tho may he furnished as far as possible; assembly in rh.., co that of tehoen 'b) Static w.1ter lhvel; so that :n ev'.a thicknzis of gravcl c) Expet.ed 5ield; pack. d.) Purpote f.r which the water is needed, 6) raper/rcducer A tserfrdcr s IS '2o6 l such as irrigation, industrial or domestic itended to coainect p purpozse, etc; and Iwth lowcr tipe * e) oAy sther information. 51! OQ+ta ^~~~~~~~~ ' INFORA ft.t\[{N TO BE 1:1'179i'i1 -.t) '3Y ) Ro'!5sin'lpipe Th]ts is tt%e i-;cr !g''.'3 3 9R11 lNFO5AtO;Nt TOB~Ipoction of ihe C'lic i)~~~~IL.l I~~~~~~t~~~ AE~~~~.N(Y ~~~aad ;e-'t~w:as A, . stors r la e c tvh1z attetna~e~,to ;, s I tsbe;............ve11, Ihe d.'r;:,,: . . ...o..kusi.ng t)C "ha _;ey .hall furnish -he owrier with the 'following puippitis qoul¶rent S i Suct_,ly of t.e 5itC pCOpOSed boy tCi owner I.ndir . Cr (if mnore suitable iito, other than thc f(rm the uqji*r to one propos-d hy the owner is available, it tho pump. it is shouild be .iugge,ted o; tendi *rpo" a 5 Whetb) 'ther a tcst bore lio is proposed and frorn if so, its diameter and depth, and also 10 a dticVt p bel depth of production tubewell proposed; thoe; aiticiatcd c) Likelihood of increase or decreaso of the level. depth given at (b) abovc; 8) Clamp Fixed at the top of [3 226: 1975 d) Method of drilling with size of bore in the tubewell for different depths; supporting the well e) Types of plain pipo with size, wall thick- ) Well Cap Used to mly p the IS 226: *975 ness and slotted/strainer pipes with tubewell :Ivsed opening, may be mentioned; antr its completion f) Guarantee with regard to the verticality usitnl the pumIset of tubewell and sand content ( ppm ) in either threaded to _ the discharge from the well at the tiinm of be scrcwed to top of handing over; the housing or g) Development methods to be adopted may mpot wcldcso as ti * _ be stated; and be easily removed ; h3) Any other information and conditions, when reqiired. . 7 0 . 0 S * 1; 2 AOX t Part I ): Zo A _ j _ _ 4 ' IfI 2 \0 0 i .4 00- -1 ' 30 9 ci n sisz 0f A 3 C D R F tJ ; 7 il Y~~~~~~~~~~CO 55 * ' 4w A- tL *,* SlF£ * ~~~~~i, L AA 3gS C ~~4a~ta -3l 313 ime16iom in l.lli ,i 0 13 12 SSOxZOO 237) '- 612 50 200 100 6 12 Size of .4 c D!- Hail 2 * L_4 S1 |ELr§ ,* _ Il 6C Y N4oicA P4 l >. tc I CO All jAll diirnjniono ini nl lInlotres _ ~~~~Sizo of A B C D0' 'ai tg *-N°trH f36$ 125 100 225 All imcIlsflS in I!iet1. * f300 900 4S0 150 300 Size of A H t D E l; ,G U 3r5 i1>0 450 1 '0 3S5 ;jil P1t3 450 1 20k; 600 I50 $50 jS0 136 12 12 ; 21 520 300 20 50 * .'tX3 I 56 IS00 1 O 05 600 2, 0 237 13 i 2 10 2531) 5`0 21 55 Fto. 6 TYPICAL DETAILS OP TAPet REDUCERS. WVELL CAP, V-No-CII PLAfE, CENTiRALIZING GUIOD, BAIL PLVO AND CLAMP : 0 0 0 * 4 t 0 HOLES I0 30ttS * A_ S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 6v C ,_ 2_.p Sz,i uf A .8 c D E Fp cr if *oi CUnP Di* 15Q [553 10 12 18 523 12 150 2£0 200 2o181 ICa 12 20 COo 15 350 290 S 1~ 1i. 6 'rYPICAL DETAiLS OP TAPEzi RZDUCEt, WELL CAP, Y-NorCH PLATF, CENrTaALIZING GUIDz, BAIL PLUO AND CLAM5P S ri 'Jt,4sX^ll R%ll lIl ih Te desien, zTlection And tvye of 'reen er slotted pipe. size snd distribution of tluOE Sha1l * 'S i ' - A ,.1 2Su4 I.rti vKrtg a P3lpe ' imzTfIbly i-e ais specified iii IS 31 10 i * 9.1.1 Lef'>74 si:u v?ije ........... . .... Le ~t hJ iWg{Ad ......... 9.2 Grasei PA.;iI * The lcngth and diamneter of the casing pipe is V'I All gravel to Ue used a pack in X 'elected on basis of latic water level, the draw construction sball be 3s specified in 13 f4097 _!ovn, thc discharge expected from the well and 1)96?. The thickness of the gravel shroud around the size of pump to be installed. The size and the scrcen shall generally be rot less than * length of slettedlstraiaer pipcs are selected ie cm accordirg to the actual requirement according to the strata inet with, the expected discharge 9.2.2 In percussion method of drilling, gravel and the depth of lubewell. The casing pePCs is fed into the annularspace between the casing shall generally conform to IS 4270: 1983 and pipe and the assembly pipe up to 3 m above the the slotted/strainer pipes shall conform to bottom of the slotted pipe. The well is develop- IS 8110: 1985. ed using compressed air or by bailers and as the water becomes clear, surging or backwashing is . 9.1.2 Desi3n of Screen Slois done to make the development more perfect. * 'The eatry of water in the tubcwell 3hall be either More gravel is fed, if necessary, and when the osgwater becornes free from sand, the casing pipe are the various types of well screens and slotted is jzcked up to some height, and the process is * s pipes used in water wells depending upon the rePeated until all the aquifers are gravel packed. type and size of well: 9.2.3 In rotary method, the pipe assembly is * a) Plain slotted pipe, lowered into position and gravel packing may b) Bridge slotted pipes, be done up to a suitable depth below the bottom * c) Mesh wrapped screens, of the housing pipe in the first instance. There- * fte) Cige type wfire eound scrcen fr the gravel packing up to the required depth 0 Csge type wire wound screens, ~~~~~J3 completed ifter ~:pinq I-,- hatuling pi-e _ . ) |'. st+':d }Cqi,l '-;ondledl 2vxwvel - trcen3, erti~al . 1 vtkn imiswithin liamits. 1' Oniform r5 -A - ;f1ackin3g ir-und te pi cp zssei,iny ia iert cl .ot '3 S'o u "I I s ei f * IS 2800 ( Part I ) 1991 * 'f).2.4 ,A provi;ion ftor vwell lbase to limninate 11 GOUlNG AND0 SEALING Z pt hijtliti:s of oubidcnee oif the vell struc- 1. Gfouting and sz-,ling of tubewell inay be tm re may be i ucorporat.Jd. If the b otto Gr 1 t 1 .,m w .vl1 iS in 1 .oft fortnation, the well shoulld be done, if cquiced by the owner, depending upon trovd~dNit atiarttical ase or he j~g tie -ite conditions and quality of the discharge _ p~~~~ir(vidlc wi.,ith ail artificial base for the casf3sn t,¢jw,3,acotre Yenue.tth _v r 2erz:n by o rdillin;3 tht hole aboit to o the strata encountered. ro ensure that tEf 2 'i md tilling the extra depth with '/f'out will provide a satistfactory seal, it should be appled ia one contitiuoas operation. Sealing of the tubewell may be done by grouting the -.nnular space between bore and the houning * 3 D O:weloprmeiI o [i/t rSJbell pipe, thickness of grouting depending upon the - d 9.it. ;.rilled well 1 II be !cielioped bv any quality of watcr. In case of tubcwells for dr:nk- t tCie .n.tholds scifi.d i IS ii 39 j)85 i2lg pUfrpn-0-c . n ti and 'ealing ;hail always c:.mli upon the i r conditi-ons in orler to oe dlonC ta il.C i. santary conditions. }.t maximurn sand frze yield. The development 11.2 tt is de;irable to plan an oversize bore hole piocess shall be continued until the stabilization of 75 to 15 mnna more thin the diameter of the of sand and gravel pack has taken place. well casing to an adequate depth during the design of well itself. 'rho depth to be grouted 9.3.2 The development of the tubewell by varies with geologic and site conditions but a overpumping should be done at 15 percent to depth of 3 to 4'5 m from the surface is _ 25 percent higher discharge than the expected generally adequate. _ discharge from the tubewell. The final dischargo should be free from sand with a maximum 11t3 Surface Apron tolerance of 20 parts of 3and in one million parts of water by volume after 20 minutes of An apron around the well and sloping away starting the pump. from it protects the well from pollution caused by conitaminated water flowing back itito it and 9.3.3 In case of tubewells fir lri1khiA water, prevents muddy pouls of standing water formuing * the discharge shall be totally ild fa;e. If the around the well. tlischlarge is nlot sand free after 20 minutes of i f it ir,g the pump, the well shall be redeveloped. 12 IIANDING OVER OF THE TUBEWELL . i : the discharfc is ,till not ->and free even 1 i*ftr re-development, the pump set of lesser 12.1 Tho tubewell should be handed ov,r to -he discharge cApacity may be installed to get sand owner in a complete shape. The hLousing pipe *tie water s3uitable for drinking. rfle turbidity sbould be closed by a well cap for the period snd hardness of water ot wells used for ei.i, between the completion of the tubewell and the - * ~ t^o>'s, shall be imr speci fed in IS U:' ii . itn3ollation of the pumnp set. 12.2 Fhe fib'. infoirmation shall he La* s.4 Alte.r c_cfpiet''o'll ofi' ve3'1tul p. jy over. iurnished by the .J;iP.i agency on cornpletion * ~mpiit^; >, ftle J1ei h11l be tested lor its of the tuhewell *si . rmarnce, i (t is y;l cii s-actcrist;cs and ' * . nei.ncy. Fhii ,hall be achievedl b)y condulctinlg a) Total d1epth ot' tubc;eil drlilled, s a sic dtra dfowntest~eL_termnne (daw dowvs at b) Strata ch, art of the tubewell ii ii .3 * * ithe .nd of the hour by pumping at 3 to 4 diferent type of 5oil formations met with JiSterent ratcs uf UWschargc. at dJierent depths and indicating the 10 DISINFECIrION depth of each type of soil formation, 10 DISINYFEC rIoN c) Samp les of strata collected, neatly packed Il.t The well shall be disinfected after corn- ind correctly marked in sample bays, pletion of test for yield. All the exterior parts d) Position of every joint in well assembly, of the pump coming in contract with the, water e) Method ue for development, shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted with powdered chlorine compound. In fact it should f) Total hours of development done, be disinfected every tirme a new pump is installed g) Developed discharge in L.P.S., or the one replaced after repairs. h) Discharge is totally sand free or presence 10.2 A stock solution of chlorine may be of sand particles is there, prepared by dissolving free chlorinated lime. j) P.P.M. and turbidity after development, For obtaining an applied standard concentration of 50 ppm. O .e litre of the stock solution should k) Pumping water level at developed dis- be used to treat 300 litres of water. charge, and m) Static water level. 10.3 In case of waverwells for drinking water 5 purposcs, the quality of water should be as laid 12.2.1 A typical proforma is given in Annex A down in IS 10SOO: 1983. to furnish the details given in 12.2. 10 0 I I fS 2500 (Pat 1): 1991 * A\;£NNEX A ( clause 12.2.1 ) * lZi l:4 M :r .f I .z' 10 *ON TO HE rL RN i J lfl EBY DRILLING AGE.NCY TO OW 'NE ONJ COMdPtLTION OF IL ULWELL 1. A;erncy drilling the tubewell .. -. .--- 11. Assemoly of protduction well.. . . S;z ........ Lcng th . Type .. 2. Location of the tubewel-...................... .'erforation p-r metze ... ...... - t. ~~~~~~~'A^t:',Odofi^ -^1., Ido<4pted ... ............. 'Ib..^ousir,g pipe ...... ...*. ...... _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1n nt]irine.- .... ...... . w 4, J)~~~~~~~ate of 'stlrting ......... I Sraic * ~~~~~~~~. IDate of cornpletion ........................... , , ail plug~...............-.... o12. rop of tubewell above'below ground * 6. Pilot hole or test hole . Bit size level. Bit type ........ Hours . - --- -from ........... 13. Size of gravel ............ Quantity uscd before to ............ ................ -.-...development ........ Quantity used during 7. Coring done .......... Bit size ....... Bit development. 0 type . Hours ....... Recovery ...... 14. Method used for development .................. r .... . . w from. to . ...... Total houts of testing. 8. :': . n ,lg . JBit sizcS. Development discharge . ....... * flit type .... Hours ... m ....... 16. Turbidity ... . ...... -. to . . ................... 17. Furthcr details appended: 0 9. LitholoKical data a) Samples of strata, neatly packed in sample bags, Frorn ro Formations b) Chart of pipe assembly lowered. and c) Resvlts of mechanical analysiS Of sa;npls of unconsolidat-d strata. .... .. ....... ... . ......... ............ ....... 1 ... . ..... ... I 8. Rer.arks: *~~~ o r&1 d.l f'pthl of tulbewvell dirillcd .......... ... . Owsncr ..... ).1,. ..:. . .. < * 0 Blureau of Iridian Stanidards I31S is a starutory institution stablished under the Bureau of Iln.li S1,hi!ards i,r, i1)8# tlO promote harmnonious diclopmeat of the activities of standardiwstiton, niarking and quality crtifiction of ,gocs 3-U atterlding t0 wnLIn ttd atttcrs in the c-3untr`y. 0 *lsviS , de copyn'hr.i.o :PIlirs publiwans.s. No part of t'lcse p :ca1t:nS may l>e 1P:parluccJ ir.iny hohlm *wOilh)ltle pri ucision ia pririrg ofTBhI. nis decs not preclude the frcc use, in thie ckurse of hiaplcmenltinflJ the i'andard, of ncccssary detaiis, iuch as sym'bols and siL;s, iqe or gride dusignaiicns. .nquicies relitina to *vpi i,:ht be addrcsscd to the Director (Publications), HIlS. * .~~~~~teSi 'w :f ldi.iA 'Xtl ;tntd.'ie Amnendm,ints, tre issued to Ntanxdards as thoc aAzd ariscs ca S;.< baiis kft f.Co x it.andards Ar aL0 rcvicwcd peŽriodically; a standard along with amendments is rs ifirme-d when such review indicatcs that rno change.s 3re needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of 'BIS Handbook' and 'Standardls Monthly Additions'. * This Indian Standard has bwcn developed from Doe: No. H.MD 20 ( S175) *;inendnients Isiued SInce Publication Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected * BIJ, fREAU OF INDLVN STAl \NDAR RDS * XI:f~j;wk; ; m, 9 I.ahaIur_ ; a:ar M.Lr., Ncw LXdIhi I [1W. r .% M' *. :,n'.a-tlitha * Vrelephoncs : 331 01 31, 331 13 75 t§aiu;ll.non to all otffce-S) 5 eRgion5ai (Ofi.ccs : Teitcphune * kCntral : Manak BhaLvan, 9 I3ahaduf Shah Zafar Narg f 331 01 31 NEW DELHI 110002 331 1375 Eastern : 1/14 C. I.T. Scbtiii VII M, V. 1. P. Road, Manikiola r 37 84 99,37 85 61 * CALCUTIA 700054 \ 37 8626, 37 8662 Northern: SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CkIANDIGARH i60022 60 38 43 * 602025 * Southern: C. 1. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, MNADRAS 60(113 f 235 02 16, 235 04 42 * t 235 15 19, 235 23 15 * Western: Msanakalaya, E(9 NIIDC, Maril, Andheri (East) 6329 2 95, 632 78 58 BOMBAY4(X)093 1632 73 91, 632 7X 92 Branichcs: AtiMADA13AD. BANGAI-ORE. BfIOPAL BHUBANESHWAR. COI;.I iATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIA1BAD. GUWAHIATI. HYIIYERAi3AD. * J\IPUI-'I(. !KANPUR. LUCKNOW. PATrNA, 1TIRUVANAN 1iAPURA,J. S ,'..* t' ?9) A t,.i,i,. f 5~~~~~~ '2 1, rn '1 :)J.C ACI .1iI'i 1 P L0 r,Iii 0)f-i 5;Nl I Jou P, C) xN 17 t r I ., I iz I sIu W F C Ir L J[A P I1 1_; P i i s iI :' rI - v r u; IOiwicj (I .L'nr1)3' 1itcJ5 Piw'bI10 1i . ,i .v p w sF.:.ecAd Lt- P . JO *Iit' U.1J 1Z Li .P . 1OG , i i pUr UCifCPIf) o cwd 1Z>5E) '110M" PiL1 JO JcIPUido;eA`p JadoIdwui pue sfli'lIeWLO )NMpr Jv LU L.. i 'iL sozp Jrdocw OJ anp seinjipp peppnlj' lu - ?iw Jc'/aAcJ5 ptuP U6! JiKA,oUI, ZE -jUawusiualdrifi to P'1 lsUltf6p P9DJPiq rflR uAPorp pparpJ. 6q I: eJs Gu!oitnd j-' OjJ rEut 'pulS PtJ'; jC eOEdwlnd t.f-A POrIU' O!t' pcL.YtOU SI UMC V.rp pOSPP;C'!n leARP1LtAi 'Jih4'V;-..~.'-1 lh If " A.r: p' r.lr'~,' ,r r t, IS- !,::.l '. F' tj1 -' ' , L ,),J; f ). w r r it U i P IL.P4 I' / e%'POr PS ,t' J W . F; _ I F, ¢ v -t . ev . . * r 4 s~~~~~~~~~~~~L: S- < .IS , L, UC 1 ) I Ify . ,t, ,-;- i i A.........': I; S, UO'so0l'o-) -)lip" 1 j1ol k-:Va,I 'eiIt pnu58 Uoqu uodat spuedC;C -otgotCflIIlJ. plrJCi ?cfle; -C) _ I.i-. crC~ ~ S i pti 1 '3S; / i th'r9.'J 2 P /'GU f5 3W rN. P, c 'J V' r!t -'' y i- s 911; t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'I- cZU;3i3C i uP,l:.odu: S si ,ic ,sno Sr,lt1$l UO!15 eWtO3,910, oi 41esf Aiqwoesse Ile" U 011 ftP°Fr?' , _ ur Jl,3 iUlUOUs!eJa i+!n-3 t3Ue el u Slf3 tII a1o; e^3lesejeiltjl 01 t3np JO 3uidwlnO-JQAO_ J°, ilnsoi e se jA;mbhoe ettl Ui lt e?.3e iae&e. jo buje.mol o1 enip UMAOp Of)I ALui etlrU3 Bu!dund e,jaq4V. Ss9ses *_ D popm.)out L;E. A)o6re,9eD sit4j ul - jls;! o/3lsV pv;o3C3u0uc joub scioservoy snoRte(leor_; OJ arlp PSC041 L-C I , B~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1 .' I' C O.pU ! ~ S"LrJ/ LI'liJ f3'33 JOj -U 9 fj I) , I I noa7oi 01 Cilpj pln!l/, 2iJ!fnnS Sliu i-.U 5moiestp o,. IUiLtj04up,Odwi JO; sileder J oi dn u;4IRj' Oq pinolIs 1 !9aAE;jI Fn PO I °S) IeiA l19's 3fjv.)ac!5, pjAU 10 . Lt 01 7',L %mOef.l umop sjjeJ r)leiA DiJpeOGds sit u4RUv, j 4h "l" i , i^trtJ tl :, 1 . r n1ro jsb r-u; , 1'1t : I. J,'::;Si lr:-t:$.:id!eSh3 'JlJo pC4;4n91 J!lno,t .............................................................................c... ei, jnwn P,jL utzjpj, 0 nclo ~ ~ ~ ~ V'Z INEW dO3xiaN3dd' ! " if Vljlj1) .O 0 euS 54 'n'' - 00 40 J( * i ~~~~~~~~~~~ !6M0J OC; _ OISWI U,'{ r_" 601 C!_ _ 6~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~*sse ese * I,; S "- dI ' 11Zv.'' ; "1 vil r's'G:'I ~ ot p ,, y s.U'~ t'.,.!' .I %, 0'-' .1 i-iOt'd~~~~~~ 'i0 isii i|54~ c 641 5-U'~ uiu~e P"jL4 M-T. JIO(~ ~l)' t Z 189t d:)3 XlaN3ddt0 ..~~~~PO~ ... surj .. opozt ...-s oh'~' o uwAtw o ~sdi 0 i 1$4e n IS :11632 - 1938 In j Ji.:lt' 3 straiinr3 type walls incorrect size of mesh n Cnitj3 r3 ly ith3r !?3d n7 ciog^jij o;f *r:,a trainers ro;ultialg in loss of diischarge or continuous filow of adnd wvith wa-ter followtrd by cavity forim ation, ,vhich on iudden collr-pss may cau3e sinking of the pump house building. ,'3ot Imnuch c3n Ca dona to avo,d such failures dua to faulty diesign or incorrect iiza of gra^al or mesh Openinqs. :.ow.eWr, scmatines form3tion of cavities 3round the scrcen allow tha ovadlying finr mnitdriAl to sattl3 to,vn jicl ;at positioneod against i.,h scr3aen parforinatioi,s. Th:s rh.~ducfs the wvell yiald and aeqaw ".4iln3n thae o placed laterial is washed off, the Jischarga incra3ses. Th.3 ph3nomenon is indicated *y 3rra tic perfornanrce of the wv3ll. 3.2.A F3u/ty censtruction -Failures 3dua to daficiences in tubawall construction methods and in 2sitruc tion in ,p actpon ,ush as faulty or 'ocC ;p )ipe and screan con necticn. or joiwts a.ae i ii. fhhs iS lt;Ai d by sud1an heavy nash of sand i oto the wA/eil pipe. ro locate ind rect,fy such afecrs, it *4 , t ," I of tLe waIl and compatr the iaod di ;ch urqed wvith th-ariqinal Zvil l sqi. The * :eit mrry be tleared up with a bailer. * It not substantial portion of the slotted pipe or screen is likeiy to be lost, it is best to plug the portion up to the defactive joint. It would, of course, raduce the well yield in proportion to the *ength of the screen lost. 4. Informatlon to be givan by Usar 0 4.1 The causes of the sickness of a well shall be diagonaged before any remaedial majsuras are adopted. The condition of the well may be judgod from the parformance data during its service life. Following information shall ba made available by the owner: * a) Initial and present well yield, d3ptession, spring level as obssrvad periodically dluring the well's service life. * b) Sand content in ppm, if any. c) Grain size distribution of the strata taped as a result of sieve inalysis. ri) location of screen, its opening size, percentage of screen sutface area to tha total open area. screan material tength and diam-ater of screen and well pipes. etc- and data of acceptance ot tha wellI 4'I Size and qruantity of pea-grYael used initially adnd during its service Mlfi. 0 f) Mathod ui3cd and dctails of davalopment with results. 4 M.t.hod fif I !dopted, ra;sce at Jri!liisai 3guy, criji,G a pump :Jnd ll test resu!lts ;:rd rnsu it Gf %squnt t3sts, if tvailabe. * i;~; -~s lis iof ti, ini nal and ptiaesant chn1nical inalysis of the ,v Al %-ater, * j) D,taili of any chemnical risatmrent, if evar given to tha vwall and resilup achiavid te a fcfrom. k&) Soundihg. of the weil assembly observed every year. om) Details of repairs to tha pumping equipment carriad out every year. n) Number of ;eectricity units consumed per kilowatt ratings every year during service life of the well. S. Investigations to be Carried out by the Contractor 6.1 The following data shall be determined for reference when starting rehabilitation on iny wall: a) Date of acceptance of well b) Name of contractor c) Mathod of drilling * d) Method of formation sampling a) Formation log * f) Machanical analyses of aquifer samples g) Mechanical analyses of pack material 2 0 . 0 . S 11332 - 1936 D !) ''te~~~~~~-I-,t or'.- n 'I,3t Ol. cjf ru"eit !-.3;s ;1 n i.e.V l ................... IIJo;'; *- 1 ). :n s nj A ft SL.I; a d tn! -* 1ii 3l of hU- t ; '.'i; h lf :IaS * ~~~~~~1 ) S' Jtli .. ii er ,evel t * ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~S t i i' r 1. il e5 I -~~ -. --'4~~~,,- n~O 4) !Drm a iv(.ow,vn 5) S;)ecific caIpacity 0 * 6) Step tests 7) Productioni tests p) Ground water hydrographs of area q) Ouality of wvator analyses of well wvith dates r) ;lerjime; of ma;ntenarnce, rehabilitation and petformance j * ) Sar i'ar data Sthaill be crl 3ota0ri3 by th3 eioctrical division On 33ch punp un.t. 51 -, ! . 2 *h-3 be aaned out 3nd data3 d_rt Uc? starting rtwiui on aniy well: | * a) 5Gro-nd hyarerohyrrraoPhs of the area, if available S a1) irm is of lh,4 ,,ell s toe p ;.? f e r f- otctgr3 iAi tila' of51ig 3 (lo , ll vV! '~Jaifd to} it5 ork)Igti: aidi thle 'orf ,si-it * pf- Iht U,C t1it!OO VoleoliAl. * .> It thI o-Hli ;s yie!dn a, i , th 3 din3lhjrgai eand saniple ;;,iI he. 1-? z - ir t:'e;vii.n i p;ih 5................... thl- ori 'inal !olinatiun I10 &o ' to loC,tat oreai.30/ tOO f tiat of thle pos3ilbo- rLptui0 or * iIOi t -3,$i a, . ; 1...... : '.;.>i.].t-; f.J3r .;' ..........; ;r .. ; ,!a a ~ , oa-,;d!. >-in t .>'* at' '.;:o-nn aI noy yilenae of o iJ;tjtion, ci'ain;c gf;*1h or a:cu-.n!Iti. tn on t ni9 log 3nd icreen r lnddd. Alsonav f1liwn;stc)ui t iron bacterial or 'sur amr in n:s'n,s fl-mating in t.:a later s.hail ba notdd. Any evidence of mnchanikcal damnaga to thde casig and screen shall be -refiiJUlty inopoctud ;,-th the cdamera i:nd:ecra 'sd wvith ro3ari to its description an--d depth. S .a) Trie pr-;ermt 3pecific y>seld at a dasign J, a rata and draw dovn low anough to peimit colitinuous puniping for 4 hours, vithout breaking suction, shall be determined. This will 0 give a qualitative measura of the degree of detarioration and by comparisoni with the later tests, the success of rehabilitation programme. f) The pump be pulled out and various parts be examined immediately as they are removed from _ the wall. The column pipe, drive shaft, bearing spiders and bowl shall be inspected for evidence of excessive accumriulations or deposits of ferric or ferrous hydroxides. If the 0 deposits are present, sufficieint samnples shall be collected to fully fill a bottle capable of being soaled airtiqht. This shall be dono as rapidly as possible and the samnples sent to the laboratory immediately, so to avoid generation of heat in the sample. The safriples shdll bei sent to the chemical and biological laboratories for identification of chemical and biological fliboratories for identification of chemical compounds presenlt and identification, if possible, of organism involved. g) Exaniine pump parts for evidence of pitting, tuberculations, Ur ahitizdaion, cavitation and _ wear. Putrmp bowls and impellers shall be inspected for evidence for graphitization in areas where sulphate bacteria are known or suspected to be prosent. h) The static water level ard deptth of the bottomn of the well assembly shall be checked again _ out of the well when the purmp is takon out of the well. 0 :~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~3 - 0 * IS :11632 - 1936 *3S.3 R?:r1? naIl H ,t1i.h i -i -\After thelr 3iia ef3 * il f;iluilre or ic'k!->ss i1. ot.bh hed on the bi sis of _ sa') naIforancjnrl 'enid Ahte)r d.,ta, < propr; .te re v2dil nesis 1re3 is detcii l ite ,ih iqiut pJa:a milay f 3 n>s )J1. Ii lJstrl i ii jjiAi 3 j 105t1 ;J a-in *n'f1l C'O t> ;.(3 > >'3 sort Af ri 0np faluire. r ;!1 veio.s r.li& ii ; to r3piir or ctpl;ice t h p.rn3. p In ill itbc..4scs it s a qzod ufict.c'J to ob5owia ;.ii.n; )t tn 3 '.vŽ idt co-mn ire it ,rith th a original e. 0 i. .v. ?:ali! ,1 icy .St 3j;i f or Well it il.htaIA tjtijn *.1 1 I , ;1:l t be a?tbl rt:td i Ull the ape I-ic * ip. city i-es - ecree:ad li p3rc.r.t or S i5iyV-3. IOOQC) ;S,.id'~1 r .................. n ,Ji,llttinia jhiil " SS.ii irvulvel'i o . e I the pump. * * io . c/ t '4 i Vl If ' t ;5 r, S i ;i (,f i, i :' d .4 J i't Ori; le t -..il r>.3:-i.d ii,,> j.ar t(. .d ;nto ..i ..Wnt r;si sr-it .n ni r)i.rt.iL. ;f ,t .; i,ti Otr ..s~~~ssrdi Ut' tO !350 :50b1/ ti i i3ii04V1/. ~~ i w3is 5~IiŽrl t') h i-e the r]U;i;3d itrwatotie dvai:LJ153, if eif dad. * If records oni the3 kwh used by the Well, the hours of Gparation, or tha volumne of w3 itar p.umped are av3ilible, they shall be ex3mined. Other things beingl equal (which they seldoin are), the amount of irncruistation or fine invasion of the pack will vary with the volum-e of water pumptd, the hours of operation, or similar measure of well use. Data on the initial static water lavel, tho present water level the specific capacity at design discharge and the preserit specific capacity at a discharge rate and draw down low enough to permit tontinuous pumping for 4 hours without breaking suction shall be obtained. This shall give a qUali- tative ledaiure of the3 degree of deterioration and by comp3rision with later tests the success of tile reh,3bilitation progr.amme. Whon the pumnp is pulled, examine the various parts imtnediately as they sire removed from tho weil. The column pipe, driva shaft, bearinig spiders, and bowvl shall be ins;pected fa)r evidence of excessive accumulations or daposits of ferric or ferrous hydroxides. If present, sifficielnt s implus shall be scrapped off for laboratory examination to fully fill a bottle capable of boing sealed _airtiht. Ihis shall be done as rapidly as poisibla aind the samples scnt to the a iboratory immndiatrely, since the oxidation *nd loss of original character of such material whenl expc.sed to the air, temnparature *tlOt tnri .i mgirr is at tirres of rapid as to genara:e se.sihie be')at in ths sa-n;pla. Purnp rarts shnaii 0 1 aun4sei uortly ihe cleaned thoroughly 3nd examined for eviderce of -.n;..7 tiusbrculation, graphitization, * Jvit ton aid .vasar by the rnsi^hi ne shopr Ai;y necessary repairs, apl!acomrontsi or adjustmnents shall a n e1 m Se n-hu thr~el >va or .iu ipeft *ed to h-a | |~~~~~~~~ I 6ert;;,r l ........i->rl tos an->pun s.f mre hsio of,t .n hle auur oc*. nr .sj-)t 'i9-,'.ttl sq ru.........................1- ,'virl tere rs^ <;- ,1 rrt ii l; ...................i Irc.,'.r'l rJ rt -'.1 't , tt s!: -- :/ r f O, a ) iI t: i r. I on, .t .n i: }; I ; 3 .-Jl ! I , rJltr;; t * ,li'!:nrurtnfcl.rtre p!ruacent.3 is !),. tn'ann,,} r.i1 !; ?0 'stinJr .lrraanr I.a t;?el;rorc.'v .ts ;i-nt>I ,f S! . the n:-nt of cn a insdo-nt--oen the m ar~~~~~~~i, r-unt ;)f oh!oruwe p ,e,;vnt is .t ie,3st 50 p;.m. t Ljq o el . 1rtios 140 n3t *,,em to either rlea cr imprnva tl o ecats of the solution. Colnseguently. rOlotine rn /y be ued wfth uolyphosphatis eitlher is 3 1iomtrnil stetjZinrl .lget or in shock treatments das;gned to oxidIZe and destroy not only tha organiisms but tha inanimate products of their metabolism that act to block packs and screens. In view of these considerations and the probable nature of the aquifers and blockinig materials iin tho screen, the initial procedure in ri.! hjLi.i.tH,g any well is as follows: Estimate the volume of water in the psack and screen between the water table and the bottom of the hola to the neainst 450 litre. On the basis of the following arnount of reagents per 450 litre of ,water in the well. estirnata the cIrmomnt of various chernicals required: a) For fibrenJi ss reinforctid eooxy screeuns- oodiunm hexanme tapf-osoJhate 3.8 !g; k aqilebla b) For mietal scriatis - Il adclitinn to the ibove 900 g 30diurn c3rbon3te c) Should experience show use of a wattir,g agent is helpful 450 q pluronic F03 or equivaelont. '. loat wvei ' contain -rtfor 10 lO0 to 15 S93 i of W.ater. A ooden or black roan tankt *1 5. 'l 3 rn is a c an-eniont ';iZO for tranpogartaItion. etc, and holds 1in oxccss of 6 360 litre of wa te?r. rlgi:nn)te tw3o or th rrge batches of solution minxed in ths tank sitill be required for each .vell. * \ .0-:v.oninrt but not nooms-rary arranoomnont tidt sprods Up the oparoti;*nl i4 to usa tw.%o tanks in order t tnt the3 rcost bitch uf sokutlon or- r e mL r< %vhile ttie previ us ona is beii-ig placad in time .v,I. i h".) iz3!sitioo i.; pouroid or tnlp 'ad intto'. .tOi I t0,roU}ghl a 3; to Ct) rnm !iA,tlc or black< iron ptpi t it at; lilly iS ir-taiiad frmei tb3- 5nmrf-ce to about t ' in m hi:ve tht batroar) of ha wJll. SuffimI'lnt .:;;i.nl; dI . ri it UJ ne wedt dtspla -i fn) I.,ir-d t 5 or 3 III ofit waIst in the casitin,d 'a .i,Sk. ,i; mi 3 rr hezp rll mtsn.l 1 75 or 3 m0 _ili the raroc ?dura r -peated urtil all water in the eveli and calik are ;.i.i ,. -i ,-W :e .iu:i,t Ie.ti;;si;Fi3a Ou t i;i .p:cuinc t.i.;vm/ ti;-,t til-t ad diai ar0a it "N 4' rod auLlh' jrd fromn the :vaelt. 'VVhn te 'al olh -ion is histafllnrd in th a veol I, ne'l-n* of 'w-after *>t. al to thout IsirmI half th t coo tamed ind the csin and screen is p)0 rld irn at the top to diaplaca to- --oiiation from lhe screan aind force it n.)ut into the formation ( -ee Table 1 ) A 200 m c-asing contains 0 +.o;itl .: ani dl 200 min scr:rn rabout 1 el itro of vator puer rnoemme of langth. A surge block bail cr _ rnimlr toI iS t!-en run froin tha bottGJn of the well to above the water table tw.vo or three times of the inductor pipe for air sulrging [may be replaced to near the bottom of ths well arid air btubbled up through tthe ,vell to thoroughly ittix tne solution remaining in the casirg screen. TABLE 1 LITRE PER 300 mm OF LENGTH-CONTENTS OF CASING AND SCREEN (C!.us5 7.1) Nominal Pipe Size ?mmt 100 30 1 25 46 150 618 2,'0 12 0 250 19 0 300 26'4 0 50 32 2 380t) ^3 0 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~450 5 1 0 -.~ 80 81 8 600 98'0 5 - 0 - S13: 11632 - 1 983 A+' N thr solution tO rein oin ir tho wall for a rninr;ourll cf e hol.s. o; arni'ht is .i conrnirly jed 0 . r, lunrn, .'hnh tnhe w3ll i isurqod about ry holur by n.rinin', tr! Sot ar; bl-ock froen tne top of itrtaf of the ,vito r column in tIV well thrr-e or a :r it 3 ar Jr IC ' or r)y -urQr J .Orh *7 2 , I ,; 'o ; .f , t - Ore3 of th-3 ro1ost crlonm,fily j.isd or u,iti i r t)mt of '.i ' 2' 2.2 ,; : nlit r a,.i)ric m d ,''h3 I i,, i ma id intt 'wJ'h o,f1t ic ,i I OiUO 1 iufl'i )it t:) d pl1 ].ko tI ) to 2 is n35 .4 vli:l) 3ofr . .itr ir1 sha c.iSii , w ' ' p17 .30i '3 ilia tvem n tn e Ltrom of tie * _ 1,-il a.i i 3 m ibovti th o *oVITiOit icri,oan slot. Th i c d is por,n rd ihto thie w'evll thhow,7jh a idAck 'ron or 0 j i4,,6ic oipa 33 to 50 rnim in dianetar ;-hich a tJndj to t(h bottoni of the vvli. rho .iirtim irod Volueil'a _ f ap ii r,:. uir. d to diispi3aC. the wator from 1 5 to 3 mi section is poured !n. rUh ic;dh hasi ajnhar _crio q3r10vity th-in watar. Th31n the pipe is lift.ad 1 5i to 3 in and the pzgorxzes ra,-e3tared utilt l -l a : t oif.fd tO th ? ll. Ot-rinz poU iw of the ao,iid, '301 q ot n rh3trio! i ; eot p rr V5 iitra of HCI sjh ii *i3ol.;mid 'down i:3 pIP,). Clitnc aid., Ronehdia i; 0,- t,irt tiOO cii,pI.;sppi:oric 3ni,J 1d '] .'; andc; :i,:. .,,ra>tc . . 1 !.Urlrl ag nj lnt.. Itjrf t':ic .icid fiaao/ .s ron coarpourds wlen at a pJ loe er than 3 but * . the icird reacts vv,th the carbonates the pH rises to 3 :ind insolublo ferrous hydroxide pri_jpitates f.orn the acid. rf s- cholating igents tend to keop the ironi in solutiooi r j ir II .c of the pH so the iron c3n be pumnped frorn the well with the spenit acid, rather than romaining as a contaminant to biock the pack. In rnetallic casing and screen, an inhibitor such as knox gelatina is added to the acid in the amount of 2 3 to 2 7 kg dissolved in warm water per 450 litre of acid to control attack on metal parts. However, there are no such parts in a fibreglass reinforced epoxy wall so this is unnecessdry when * treating such walts. * The acidi remnains in the vviall for 4 to 6 hiours. At the end of .ibout 3 hours iufficient wat3r is ;i'iled to tha well to displace the acid ftom 3 m above the topmnost slot to the bottom of thba .valj. * Whilre tire acid is in tho wall and pack or tihe weil is surged by air or with ;he suirge block for 1 5 to 20 Minutes each hour. At thc end of asbout 6 hours, the acid is bailed or pumilped out. Use of hydrochloric acid is quite dangeroUs for ioexperienced crow memnbers. rhe acid gives off daingerous poisonous fufwes .3nd the reaction with thlo cwat.onites ill a '., is sorn-,t, ins 'oiieot. ring in aprtayirag the by,;taiiders arou,nd the wdll. In addition, the trara-portation (if th ligr jir hydroch!oufo acid to tili field is difficult and sormetimes dlr3arous. For these ra3tsons sulf:oriic ac, a; be, oOnri(rj m 1ore popuier for wall ralhabilitation. Sulfamic acid is nore axpensive bi.t is eisily ari l ed a s i dry dir,st-i Ior powI:r. It is nrot is aggressive or StrOirg .S nydrachlorro cid iird i m uh safcr to -sfl. It requires ibout tlwo trinos as long to traot a well i: ;dos ylr'cchlotio Kif" * -hir ri-urra u -I i.' mud in .1 v "l4, -e . .o- i,tiSi,3tvs are i'iade r-m mrdin3 thu coluc1i;, Ajt. n t1 1m.- .'J:o'| xtW 'li,.acad rind I J to 2 tirme)s ttajt volnrn-a a paired into the A 11 rnror'j-l .3 .i i;k o afts of sucih pumps and the!r prirne *nuvers for arranging the required belt drive. For calculating the size of these puilleys, the speed of the prime mover of the pump shall be kniown. * 2.3 Operating Conditions * - 2.3.1 totalahead -After the required rate of flow of the pump is determined, the user has to find out the total head against which the pump shall have to operate. Total head does not mean only the static vertical height from lowest water level to the highest delivery point. TQ this static height shall be added loss of head due to friction in foot valva, reflex valve, entire length of suction pipe (both horizontal and * vertical), suction bend, delivery sluice valve (if installed), delivery bend and entire length of delivery pipe (b)oth horizontal a nd vertical) and the velocity head at the delivery point. This frictional head loss depends on the rate of flow of water through a particular size of pipe line and its fitting. 2.3.2 Operating head range - The minimum total head corresponding to the maximrum water level shall also be worked out for determining the operating head range. 3. Pipe Friction -When water or any other liquid moves through a pipe line, the latter offers some resistance to the flow. This resistance depends on the siza, type and condition of the pipe and its fitti ngs, 5 iand velocity of flow. The head loss due to friction is given in Tables 2 and 3 3.1 When calculating pipe losses, allowance shall be included for tees, bends, valves and other fittings S mid obstructions in a particul3r pipe line. This is done by adding an allowance of str tight pipe equivalent to each fittinlg or by taking resistance coefficient for each fitting. The relevant extracts from IS 2951 _ (i'art 2)-1 965 Recommendation tor estimation of flow of liquids in closed conduits: Part 2 Head loss in 'a!vas and fittings a. e given in Appendix C. 4. pipe Size Selection -* etlfore installing an agricultural horizontal centrifugal puimp, it S'is!ry cse.sential to determrine correct selection of the sizes of suction and delivery pipe to be connected to the .)uinp. Th.3 prevamjiing dea that such a pu mp sliould always be installed witi suction and d:livery pipes of .he sarre ,i2os as pumlp suction and delivery openings is not sorund in every situ.ition. Quite ofren it ninolves the farmer in paying hi.gher charges for electrcal energy or fuel and oil consuumption In several cases, it makes the pump run with cavitation resulting in reduced discharge, low efficiency and damage to equipmnent, etc, or at timos stop pumping. * For proper selection of sizes of pipes. Tables 1 to 3 of IS :-10804-1986 Recommnc-iied pumrping sy stern for agricultural purposes (irst revision) shall be referred. An example is described in AppendixA of IS . 10804-1986 for determination of flow rate, head and selection of pumpsets. 5. Foot Valves Selection 5.1 Foot valves conforming to IS : 10805-1986 Foot valve, reflux valves or non-return valves and bore valves to be used in suction lines of agricultural pumps (first revision)' shall be selected and installed in vertical position. 5.2 The shape and height of the housing shall be such that even when the valve is fitted on the pipe, it should be possible to raise the disc or discs sufficiently to provide, at any cross- section. a passage of area at least equal to the bore area of the pipe. 5.3 Strainers shall be robust so as to vithstand the normal forces which may come upon while in transit or at the time of installation. 5.4 For satisfactory operation, a foot valve shall not get exposed to atmospheric air when the pump is in operation. It shall also not get submerged in any silt which maygraduallyget settled down frorn water on 5 the bottom of the well. It is, iherefore, recornmended to select the length of vertical portion of pump suction pipe in such a way that the top of the valve is at least 0.3 rm below minimum water level in the well and bottom of the foot valve strainer is 0.5 m above the bed (or bottom) and away from sides of the well. 6. Final Selection of Purnps - Once the rate of flow and total head are worked out on the basis of the * above guidelines, selection of suita)ble pump mnay be rnade from performance tahles or characteristic * 2 . IS :9694 (Part 11-1987 '-i 0 ov' o ~np rn mwu,icvur:.r for v3riO0 s,is WS IId lhsOf IIIe fpUflmpr; Th Ie ptumfp V,'h I;h i-I 1 ;1';hest Pu!op etib-in-,c for the~4c1 aiid hw1od rc'qu;red ;'hall be seleu!h/d Th.3' powotr of tie or;II C1)cv.( '1ur tfri vq tihe Pupur sh:U bfr :-< froo l) kIrJ .JIVerM by ItOd PLA lIP rn3tUf,XtUFrrr or I"r rEiblI 4 'o 7 of I.S : 1;"084-19ibL. For ;!-, hrnj )ur and suctocn aod delivory pifes to be irrtai'5U withr it, mt in consid,?rntI. rn shu,~( cto rh-~, wev~ral t2ffrir yj~ -id oinim-mn coo-,umptuin of c'o, iOthOr -nlectricaf tjeit9riy or dm^oI o)il, rroe 5 ~~~~~~~~IPW5'- 3od ir'I ui inig sniot duvvn for re!pairs ~ ii: 1 omr -d l, 0 T ed in2 iiid.jOs ~plico~e to pmo~rs, mor';s, 4 enqiies, p0 trot, ~er osen .enq.io .o tti ~..rr jinr' voh. p pos a3nd fiio~for, a~jr1irlt rot 0J120 401s -,Ir r.. ri) inf) iri D. I..,". ) ~ ~ ~0AS11:.'1~1( "V.tur M Mm 21) 91 0 75 1I 10 1 25 150 11) 12) ~~~~~~~() i41 is I 0 ~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~0 50 o ~ 0 029 0 019 0014 r,f (IitO 1 2'5 J 115 ,.0 OuJO 04 I 002 I 0. ri 125 0144~~28 00,2 0 410016)05 0024 3.2 ~~023109 01il4 0123I 0 05 '07-1 (1.3 4.0 ~~~~0 401 0230 05 14 0 115 0103f2 j 00 77 0 02/0 j 0~~~ ~ ~~~208 192 0 144 I 0 115 (0 036 I I . ~~~~0 9 2 0.,161 0304f 0 2 70 0144 0124;, I1 132 0 576 0 084 0 282 ID230 00 5 . hi~~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~ 1440 0 720 0 o480 0 3 C 0 0231 0 29 3' 1) hA1 C)70 0s" 07 C 1 4-0 si 61 37? 4 I 05 647 '1 ~~~ ~~3 I 19 143 1 229 19 22 0) 37V 00 172 11' 04.2 0730 4~~id 3744 ~ 32 4953 I 12-a 0 _ _ I 1 1 L..I.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A-3_ S I '. -''ect:~~~~~~~~~~t..r1.'~~~~~~ - 1.-,per SeCOC)d 'r r dII'fI 5 Iln~~~~~~~~~ tir aLleO 1 71r hi Ao--li-pt ciWeri 100 rITIT anod ,?ad 12 5 I, s voi,ici (at- ' l correspon,ding to 03J8 Ha F.aniple 2. It i required t0 finid the area -rr,q.Oc-d 1 iecta'es in 8 h ptirpingt for a t iniu it~c 0f flw'. o0 1(I I/s and depthi of witer of 75 mon Procerdore. E niler Tnbie I t tIl 10 ,, c. fW*1 1 V u. ui f fi~,, nt OI. 0 s idrii 8- -4 o * iiI ~~~~~~~~c,du,n' denth r;f*' cn TABLE 2 FRICTION LO.'.S IN 10 6Ellit;S LONG NC-W 4TLEL GALVANIZED PIF'C IC I 4J 1.239 F.r M- Tce4 tunes rnedo.m grone (I&urth re.mion)) Ncminal Pip" 25 ob 80 2* mm %4 vulume Rate ot Flow (1) (2) 13) i7) 0.36 I 00 1. 31 ti I o' 3141 1,25 1 988 6 I c, j 24u 1, 60 140 0 814 C) 3?"-, 23 St' 7 T 2 50 861 0,262 32 2,940 1 .492 0 446 L) 126 0 674 5 0 I 9 ti 2A33 0 87 0-03 10 0 I 5 06 1.036 0 44744 j I b 12 0,71 0 I'da 16 2,47 1.131 ci j I 3 2.585 1)-2z,3 Of, 4 08,1 0 52 . . ......... 2 b7o b-9-14 I 0 -idl 60 aL 0 9 cl 4 -1 2 TABLE 3 MACTION LOS~~ i;, mETHES F(F 10 MvETRES LONG,O NEW FIPVC PIPE (C -10 (IS 4985 - 1981 Unpia itczkxj P,' C px >tpoutioe W.ter ~;Upoi'es (ffst revision) (0,6 mpa K i Ouiter Dia 'in mmn Volume Rate of Flow 0 50 0.074 .~- - -. - ~ - - 1 00 0.268 - t 1 25 0.405 0 -.1---4- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 4 00 .2 1 1 1 7 2,00 0.967 ~0 3(3-h9 S.;' ~~~~~2 50 1.462 _ __iI- 4 0 3.491 ____.1 0 31 1 - =7--C, I----11117717I 50 _ _ _ 1 7 2 0 . 7 Q 242_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 6.0 _________ t ~~ ~~4 161 ¶ 3 I ~~10 0 __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _20~ Ci) a873 0 358 0.133 1 25 Ii 4 313 0.64 2 0,201 __ _____ _________ ~ ___ __91__ __ _ __2_ _ _ _ _ __ _ 0 856 0,317i 1 ) __ __ _ __ _ 20 __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _3 151 1 .293 0.479 ~ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ 25 __________72 0_____ 32 ___ __145___ __ _ __ __ 50 - - ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2 617 1 lb jdi1 0 421 125 - 9 _______________________ ___________ 1 _______~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~c IS: 9694 (Part 1)-1987 A P P E'N D f;X A< (C/just? 2 1.1) | * GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR IRRIGAtION Ui_QURE1EME4TS - .. t5O vJ,tS i rl it( rv,,.k Jnrd .1 l.,vt.iI .3oeous. irf) ku1 N,,.3'.n l -:oJov rtqurl C .rv f (Jv'jJt-:i cr r i tlhr uni * , sr.i fr,ooz 0;1 . 3,:e to pia: t 02 veoVtI(IuS, 3 1'-. o(;, u . f-.Itltuf of *,Jl m civt' .; ns rir r inf.j11 ff-erhrfore, tiI ex.1Ct .v.tter rcqu,roixr1, ti t o i oortculxr 1 F ,n ,no rf LT-i ,fit | *,l r'3uS_t ttJ .^l,) tiole loci a3gfJfutuf-31 iuthur,>3r (.?e T;bf2- 4 >tWtd 3i) * 0 _ TA- 31.3) 4 tA. G(ATI.'IN ir1r-lM5U (T"C5:110 '4A?f)40 1C(\4K AC~As 51 t'otp Cr(PdIAq DOPifn of !.t~ '. _ ~~~~~~~~~~~Pr.d ,iEt t..Vinnql'! 1t.^;S... ...~.... ...... lf.1_J Grsf,8l~r t l.;S' .,ir) It3 . * ................... ,i_-~v--t- -4--h-w- _ l +_- |.;n1r 0 iWhl} *vi.eat , 90 to 100 7 7 10 t IS O to 450 ! * 1 _laoe L~0 t _ 120 __ 1 _1o0 _ , to 3 3 i,4 la 70 51 7 I 0 ~1 3002 L i t L 5 0 - - i _ _ _ t20 C |it) to 300 * 1_ X _i ztO XU 5;0 1 ...............................0 l 120 7 t° 10 _ l Li ~~~~ 360 to ~~~~~540 110 loO 5 co 21) 1 )3 if) 21 00 tiot - - .. jarCooe , 3 Hi etaler :l 12 worith c,op i 11' roonth cr- kO rr i, / r!, ,,ls *,vwen ar1 e for fPr lpu'pnesooty. TAiBLE 5 1ARIGATION REGUIREMENTS OF SGME CAOPS lA Al-LLU1A1. AREAS t i i I v.r^{)? 0 g ' p J rJ'|Jitz rt i ''f jtori~ ~~~~~~~lnt!utrvall ;nr y ,i er t I I O'yo t -'. ' ¶ ''it' W. or; l30 o 1602 7.1) *oqar~'an~ . i C ) t 3 . .0 0 t. 1 ' * t -. l - - ~ - t- - ~f, rr ---- -- --- ---- w~~ ~~ ~~~~ ! ' ".i' otj 13) '. 30 IS: '. "0 ,< ?, 1. *Trhe VreIS (ifv dis Ct rgr rpquirer-d pfo' et; . cropping pattern ....n.t.........k.......ute ; tl)e ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A 28 X APPENDIX B * (Cia Jle 2.t 2 1 | ~~~~~~EXAMPLE FOR DETERMINATION OF QlUANTiTrY Of WATER REQUIRED FOR * iRRIGATION ANO VOLUME RAtE Of FLOW 1,\ RELATION TO THE AREA < ~~~~~~~~~~~~TO BE iRRIGJATED | ~~~~~~~~8-1. The rate of dtscharge required for certdjn Cfopptog ,;attern ecrn t.e vvorld Osut hy the.., * * .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~P * IS :9694 (Part 1)-1987 a -rea uir.j i e uit 9ted in i eciait s' '/ - ri';ity of irrigation in cm, * I? rrt l ;)(;, ,;ruAl ii. dy;, 3,i F r - wor,> -1 i'or; Sf the pool'p-c;et Po!r 'toy * 2. :i o O .< ~r;rl1'. A - 2 !Jro-~ of t / 7. i /7 2 i 2 ys . s a F - d T , hlay ,it 21 3/5S: *0 a-'- 2~~~~~~~~~0I * ; .' iitfm roo .1'3 ' 197* ,5,.i _ tr~~~~~~~~~~~~~~p.? t.k (J e n f w l O~~~~~1 pelce n! * AP PEN DIX C (Clause 3.1) HEAD LOSS IN VALVES AND FITTINGS C-1. irhe heatd less, h, cau3ed by a tuily 3ren valve or fitting dIurng the flow of a l;quld mny be cwinputed fr rn thet formula. 2g ) -- r ,,sst3ncv c oe3fficiefit for valve fitting, * ra'-v- I'n v ri pi",O .f o ,ifr,-apronCJ iliroretef n irn.'G3nl1 , -; . I.o.ario>r,¢,) .oe tO grave-"fy l mo'Sy _2 C 2.al; , e i Co)-ficient, A' fira vo vitai -rd iittinsr;s carrying tfjrbul ont lWare qivrlgiver in )'~ ~ It', l.ir:itS 0r * ibe 1 I SijoJI, he as'.' wVt va,!-s 3.'d p :rrcr ary 'w!!'i F .~~~~-~'t-'s rint"la 1 Qn < o io;;ai(l diamrewter, IACLE 6 AESi3TANCE COEFFICiENTS FOR VALVES AND fHTTiNGS SI No. esoription f Vdjirr s and Fitt-njs Ra3istance Coeficient (KX- *1) (2J i23) ! n lt;ets or Redicers 11 8ell mouth 0 04 to 0 05 2; Square edged 0.47 to 056 *if) Elbows 1 ) Regular -crew.ed 45 albovw 0 30 tu 042 21 Regular screwed 90 elbow 0 55 to 1 50 31 Regulai flanged 90 e'loow 0 28 to 0 42 4) Long radoss fla'iged 45' elbow 0 18 to 0 20 5) Lonrg radus flanijed 90 elbov 0.18 to 0 43 6) Lonig radus Screnwed 90' elbuw 0 22 to 0 60 _ l~~~~~~~~ii Or9i.ns 1) Sonrewf-i rr trn be3d. cr.loe pitt ln 050 to 1 50 F1 fOncied iSturiU li e d rorn psed ty,r 3) fiar-j-1 e!'wiSws 3^ *Rwi "3r 0.27 t O 0 43 L t. ,)C4 .-;i 0 17 to 0 43 l.wjrd Pro,0^rrg;W Par- 0 132 to 1 ii ICm i'I-ed_ 5 'Ti- -lr otr I aid A frf v flO-pot cr(:p) all be volawrwd * 7 * S S S . * IS: 9694 (Part 1)-1987 f \3L LI r6t bSS r,4(+.E C:OEFFICIlNTS FORf VAiLES AN'O Hi TTNGS -C,r:!; *~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~* ,3 .'. ',1 *-3 J ' .2: 3 :3. :v 3i.,,De I ', J to ,, I .; 3 A: , *4) An\&e ',ilVC 2. 13 3 1t 5 )Y of t9low off )i!i, 29 6) Foot val.e 0) 3 .t-f *9j Standard Screwed Tee 1 iBranch biattliedoff ° 4 2) Lino bLLinked off ai Flow fromr lir a to branch 0 d5 to 1 30 b) Flow fromn branch to lina 0 92 to 2.15 VI.1 Long q.idius Scrwvod Tee it Flow fr in !,i e to hrarrich li 3Z 't 0 s0 D) Floa lr-n b,alneh tI) -, - e r 0 0 52 viiii) rUnj 'toil )n-ss . 32 to 0 07 ixi /'i.-.J,1 .... ,;an oi5i-rl.dr C i4li;'J i ................J;ed 3 rX'ti 9->. r Q i5 to ,2O NoJte --- Us i'et acr-.ti-r aa',ss s t5 t 0 -weriert r-, e 'T-r ir-at cajsua-Žr by a 3,fei er'l,r et': _~~~~~~~~ ' it2 'Cr l ei ft ' ' ii . ,' oa' ,>.?ii )i'it i .-; 2,3 ,2,,)U.ld r u ii ri U) 'hn5e. |* AP?FEr.JDK< D 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~ i 'A J "' Ail .O A) R) ))- , 3 IOO S * ,f IS .325 1 978 1ir'i plt;e i aduction imiOlrs (fourth revisioft) aI) IS /S2e3.8 jiC vavC 'a; for v-aatiwr wvuik; purpos-see ('JO ti JCi) ir Kui.) J W il!h ili) S 1 239 (PRit 11)-19/9 M.ildd st.ttl tubtes, t ibul-irs ind mh0i- wrought stooS l fitti rs Part 1 Mild steel tubes (fourth revision) Iv) IS 1239 (Part 2)-1982 Mild steel tubes, tubutars and other -wrought steel fittings. Part 2 Mild steel tubulars and other wrought steel pipe fittings (third revision) vl IS . 1 520-1980 IoriloFitai centrifugal purtips frr cledr, cold, fres5h vva!er ( second _ ~~~~~~~~revision) vi) IS . 1536-1976 C-i,-r.r ,I i cast (,;pun) fro pressure pipes for water, qa- arnd svewage (seconrd revision) *v) fS 1i37 1976 VerriilIy cast iron pres,sure pi>.> for wvater, jas and 32waije. (/,hrt - ,ii.) IS 1 710-1 972 Vertical turbine p I,pf)i psfr cleir 1l ld,r, fresh vv,at,:r (/,is( | ' * ~~~~~~~revision ) ,A) IS 3589-1961 Etectrically welded steel pipes for vvator. gas ard se.age )150 to 5 2 000 mnmn norninal siL&) li/tst revisionf x) iS 4038-1979 Foot valves for water vorks puqirses (frst (,4s'iiof) A I) ! S 4385- 1 93B1 ti ap''stI, IC, J PVC tp; far f 0!al2ot ...t.r. ti Ipi i I r.'; t f ? v;,;Iorty 0 . IS 9694 (Part 1)-1987 xii) IS: 51 20-1977 Techntcl riiquremonts for r.OOIyfldi mc psc cal pilrrOS:e pumipS f r,1 ,evision) Aiml) IS 6595-11380 ;ioo.iI contri!u 3I p.205 n-r n ir o ii. vi h n. r r igricultural purposes (first revisl,oo) xiv,) IS 7347-1974 Parforrmaricu, of sm;ljill zizo ;P;ilk lnJ iton erirgins xv) IS 7533-1:75 Thr le-h.Phde ;quirifl c.u)go wd,ciijn motor:. oiJr :nt:f .r.,...I p.ii ! ragrcultural applicmtion ivi) IS 8034-1976 Subme'rsibfe pumpset for c eair, cold, fiesh V%,iter *.vi iS -3544 (Part 2) 1977 Mvtur st,irtrs for *,:itap s .t exV Peir - r2 1 (300 V Part 2 j~ ~ ~ ~~~~S :i i rjela >taro *s . : i iS .r173 193i Mr1 n- ni.`Ion tI r I t-far. 1 i i o2 I v ir: fr J1v c,tU ril r I Ili i 2 Air) IS 9137-1978 Code for acceptaoce tests for centrihl'u, il n .&td fw w iaid ixial puimips * Cia-'s C xx) IS :9694 |Part 2) 1980 Code of practice for the selecton, inistallation, opera;}on and maintenance of horizontal centrifugal pumps for agricultural applications Part 2 installation xxi) IS : 9694 (Part 3)-1980 Code of practice for the selection. installation. operation and maintenance of horizontal centrifugal pumnps for agricultural applications: Part 3 Operation * xxii) IS : 9694 (Part 41-1980 Code of practice for the selection. instlfilation, operation and maintenance of tiorizontit centfifuqil pumps for arilcultUrlI applications. Part 4 Maintenance xi i i) IS 10572-1983 Methods of sampling for pumps xxiv) IS 10804-1986 Recommended ptumping systemn for agricultural purpose (first (evisin/1l -xvI S: 10805-1986 Foot valve, reflux valves or ron-return valves and bore valves to be usfed *n suction lines of agricultural pumps (first revision) _xvi) IS - 10981-1933 Code for acceptance tests for *-Uirr, j. .i fnine; flow and axial pumps- * Claus 8 *S 111 70 t9,35 Pe:7 rar":Žnents to tar ,; tun ;-ntion (diesel) engirnes for agfricuiltural purposes (urp to ?.0 Iv;<-r 1 iN$;T L[A iMot3N -. . I tncorporatin4 Aznendani-t No. 1) * q n 1. Scope - Lays diown the general guidelines for the installation of horizontal . ,arnri iiI pumnps fur A agricultural applications. * i 2. Shipment 2.1 Special conditions of delivery 3hould be the subject inatter of an agreement between the manufacturer and the user. It is important to mention that the pump equipment coming out of the * factory should be fully equipped, ready for use, with stuffing box packing, coupling halves mounted or * keys fitted on the shaft end; grease cups, if any, companion flanges with nuts and bolts. - 2.2 Following are the sugge.sted precautionary measures to be taken for protecting all the internal * parts of the pump including the enclosures: a) Bearings should be lubricated or protected by a film of oil; I hibo NMachined ports expoied to atmosph2re should be protected a-aia it cajting by a protective film of liquid; and _e) Opeiing of pipes, pipe ;I 0: aind ntjzhs :ahmnld be pr.tc!ted aoit ibly by 1 W .vers or by screwed plugs, etc. 2-.3 TFhe shipment is usuasly carried ount at the risk of the cons3ignee. ft is therfofhre imporrant that the * h;yercarries onut the following us-lgeoted verifications eareffully: a|) Insp2ot and chck the material to be delivered and ;.1 tSo tre e:izrier the darnac-r int fa items, etc, it.ny; *. )o (Check the inventory of the e piprment with the help of the ldeipatch rc.tes and Irawing s; and AC) .>lake iure that IIl tIe ket3Orhf ha4 nded ever or romsport as .vi1 asle r eh :tr', "em U*.11% ~~e pum,) and irs prima- 1 1v1r ire meant t o io c.I prepare:d by the i n.inkiK3ctuurer. in akr.iernent with the usor in e:ch a ;vqay tI-.t thty retain dh.hir !nechanicad condition during anti aflter *,tori3a time. EThe Lusor will therefore rnake sure that the specificd precautionary measures have boen taken and they are still cffective. If it is not ro, cc in, cse of delalyed u.,'a of unprotected . -. precautionary measures should be taken to protect the equipment. Following are I the suiggested precautionary measures: *] a) The pumpset should be kept in a dry place which is not 3ubject to vibrations; b) The openings of the pipes and stuffing boxes should be effectively protected to prevent duAt or A any foreign particles getting into them; and * a c) Bearings should be properly lubricated. 3. Installation - Many of the operating difficulties related to the pumps occur due to faulty installation. The following factors come into play in the installation of a pump: a) Location, b) Foundation, c) Alignment, * .1) (,routing, and e) Piping * } Adopted 17 December 1980 0 B[S 2003 Price (,roup 3 * BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS * MANAAK BlfIAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAHff ZAFAR MAR(G NNEW DELIffI 10002 0 . * IS: J)694 (Part 11) - 1980 3.1 Location -- Correct location of a pump is important for operating as -.vell .S to)r maintenance *vi-poies. Ais iAr :ti po)..ible, the pli,p sh1ould 'We ICCAtCd lase to th.e -urce of waiter when iucti-q lilt is present. This in turn, will ininimize the suction lift and permit the use sf short direct suction piping. The pumnp should be placed in in accessible place, so that one can easily inispect the glandkls, i t"';'S, este, durin.g oper:ition. Centrifugal pump.i require little atteŽntion but the attentir,n * .r.equh-ed is very essential to the lifo of the pump. Suflicient headrcomn .;hoold be made available where shere is a need to employ cranes, etc. Pumps should he generally located in a 'iry plice. '1.1. In order to :ivoid the formation of air pockets and the risk of unpriming resulting there Srom, rhe suction oipe ihall have a slope constantly ri i;r, g to tha pump. If thlte diameter of this pipe is * , ' rreater than the purnp suction branch ziee, the connection has to be made by mneans of an eccentric *uro~ Theuld O 1 be i - .i n in ell Veutl.i ptt-lp 'aNoOo 'Ale wVid t;i h >,L P.:e OJl i^4t.IoU th'e pumnpset for easy approach for inspection and niaintenance. If the pumping water level in the pit or open well or dug-curn-bored well is miiore than Aix metres, the pump may be installed in the well on a special platform created for such pump so as to keep the suction lift at minimum possible level. If the seasonal variations ia oumping water levels are excessive, that is, more than 6.0 m, 2 or more platforms have to be created in the well so as to place 0 the pump very near to the pumping water level in operating season. a 3.2 Foundation 3.2.1 A rigid foundation into the ground is normally required for installing a pumpset, unless it is * to be mounted on a rigid structured platform. It should be suitable to provide a permanent rigid iupport for the baseplate for taking the weight of the set, and should have enough mass to absorb 0 any vibrations. The surface area of the foundation should be of sutlicient dimensions so as to leave adequate 3pace of sufficient width, Around the pumpbase when installed on it, to allow for grotuting the fouindation bolts, etc. 'rhe depth of the foundation depends on the nature of the soil in which it * is to be laid. I 1.2Continulous ,,i,-ti, should be done as fir as possible for Kifrg tl'e enitire block of * ffoundation, leaving, provisions for grouting and pockets for locating ;-",nd.ind.Mn bolts in proper position. It .;hould be provied dwith double reinforcements, which Ahould not be less than 50 kg/rm3 ! f concrete. Fho minimumn diameter of the bars should be 12 mnm and the maximum spacing shouild !,;e 200 mm n in order to take care of h, inkalg;o in concrete. ( See also IS: 2974- 1'368 Codle of practice u'r dsiign ard construction of machine foundations -- Pat IV 1,'or Rotary type mnachines of 1l,w )3.13 T.Le ,iae i:;,d u..aizer of tbt;ndation bolt3 for 2ach pump3nt lepend e'n its kWV rating 'nd tape *,f orimae nover iSded. For horizontal agricultural * rii l li pumpsei3s with prime mover3 *tf i,;; kV o l1.0 t O , oucj,datmion bolt diameter ioc-mally varies From 12 to 'z0 mm lad !c- eth E-n *1.,() to [a) Itn. 3.2.4 Before placing the pumnpset with its monoframe base (in case (jf m-a'itxiot:3) or baseplate (in 0 m a je of direct *oupled sets) on the concrete foundation, it is recommended to chip otf its upper 311u1face tfbr ensuring perfect adhesion of the grout. Moreover, water should be sprayed on the foundation before pouring the grout. The pumpset should be placed on the foundation with its foundation bolts in position, making it rest on shim.r and/or wedges placed at frequent intervals (close to foundation bolts position) between the baseplate and concrete block, to provide sufficient * space for grouting. 3.2.5 When the pumpset is installed on a platform, constructed inside an open dug well for 0 reducing pump suction lift or for some other reasons, it should be ensured that main supporting wooden beams or steel structures are of suitable size for the required span between their supports and rigid and strong enough to take the weight of the pujinpset amd two/three men, as also for | * absorbing vibrations, if any, likely to be caused by the running of the pumpset. 3.3 Grouting 3.3.1 Grouting prevents lateral movements of the pumpbase, increases its mass to reduce vibrations and fills in irregularities in the foundation. Normally, grout is composed of one part pure portland cement and two parts building sand, with sutficient water to ilow freely under the * base. In order to reduce settling, it is recommended to mix the grout and let it stand for a short period and then remix it thoroughly before use. If required, more water may be added. X 3.3.2 Before starting grouting work, the pumpset should be levelled properly, with the help of a spirit level, by adjusting the thickness of the shims and/or positions of the wedges, on which it is * testing on the concrete foundation block. After satisfactory levelling, foundation belts should be tightened initially by hand. It is recommended that a frame work should be built around the l * pumiyset base. Now the grout is poured until the entire space under the base is filled to the top -f n rhe dr- tide. At stitf wVir snhouldl he use.d throigh the grout holds to .vock the Drout ia ui lc!e-ue I S. S . * [S : 9694 (Part 1I) - 1980 ir nurets. [E Iclcr to Ircvcalt ctrc!Kil1i' dkIO IO rapidd.i n>. tLhe . U')ial - faco; 'F the ,Jre it .hoIld !tovcvred by wct +t clap. Trh frame wrl k dhuuld he c rnmoved nd e.oxpased .... . [it- the L-ut :md f0netlatim.r:s t1insiedl 3in oth only ithir .nsurig thatt fl,ie grout is .;itiici ntly 4e!t .Af'-.r 2 h omA,-ot . n ,I) ie, tIfI obtlown Io Li toondation nbots lo:d'i;o i Lvt [ght ton:. j .J. t~3 .ieee"ent Pfit,'f/x ( e 1.1 , P'rnt1,S;t :.1. Fle:eible t pe. eolI plin ;s i i I r. u;Žd t;or c,oi It:c t.iCi' n h ;o ,t tho 1 u,eI 0p ^ Id i i pr; I tI)over * ,.ii3z :;1r I:o Im,soi.siwJo tof P.11'V.r to) thie pom111p. £h.o lPe'e" *r f`h' lŽxielou i r t0 calae Site to :; umperature Chane;es tnd to pI rn1it 0(1 m)Veinm *r-t 'if rh- h.otfs .vithonut it o bference vith !:oAh * ,thor .vhirw rr insmitt iol! powier frtom the drivur to the plUiaip. A Iltxible cojupling Thou!d not h, A J,id o } conpcci:e.n;ate fo)r m1 .aililtnment of t'.e pump and firiver 4h ilt 4. t'h ill hving !'ie tho two t;on !.4 s. * c)-i t;i ilnmtt betwen the pump .hiaft atnd the driver sh aIt: It Ant lar a'iaaln:n. nt - Anv hh *;!x mn>'rii t i. ;r.l I. l)i .' is 1m' 'Ehilft .i!. uses i, el hut 2t ;nceit'. *. .ii no coinJin .; ;io'Ae niounord on tho pi rnp .itit . pci 'no rno,_.r Lt f_ t' t [n-pi r.p And he icoinf rmover ..hokld he nuiuntcd on the ha.ieplate ial .-,u.h i way thlat the faces ofthe couplings * wre 1 . Ill I to each othcr anrd are spiced tfar enoutgh so that the ' il . ' t~ nds cannot strike each other. rhe minimuim diinerision for the separation of the *.upli. used is u.sually specified by the manufacturer. This dimension an3y vasy approximnately 1r Ln . 0 to 6.0 mrrn. The tools fbr checking the alignment of flexible couplings are a strais,htedge or a set of feeler gauges. For * saccurate jobs dial gauge is also used. 3.4.3 A check for angular alignment is mnade by inserting the taper gauge or feelers at four points between the coupling faces and comparing the distance between the faces at four points spaced at 0 do gree intervals arouind the coupling ( see Fi .. 1 ) The unit will be in angular alignment when ,hoe rneasurenments show that the coupling fices iare the sairme distance apart it all points. * 1 . i * fI. -n * iK / 4AA.scheck forparallel Al ,nnitnt i3madleby[l.in astriightedgeacross bothcoupling iiiivs at * ~~~~~~~the top, bottoin and at both .side4 I see Fisg. 2S ). r.,- - ,,lit will be in p,ar.llel wI n,i t.hen rihe it.-aightcdl-I rests evenly on the coupixigs t-rim :lt aill pOSitiOllS. Allowanlce m.ty be nece.;isary Cor * ~~~~~coiipling halves that are not of the same oultsidle diameter. ('are mtust be taken to halve the strai,,Xflt _ .;dg~~t,ble parlallel to thie atxis nf the shlafts. II __ _3 I0 1- * IfS .9694 (Part 11) - 19S1) ;A : T i r ____ =_ : *0, A I /z 1 . f ______ __A I r' ~~ STRAIGHT 80f,E f__\ F'[UL i C'it4?'K1,NG PARAL?I EL .Xl.it \t" VII3 3.1.3A nAr 3Lar and prllel mipaiBrgnt et are corract.d hi my 1 h, uy a,ll r of hotho,,r * ,n > ;t .n aev ' >,'?lir-ef tant ell.y *-lin,turh a .d t I1i wary 'h r ! h+ ', t " 'I'' nnd b-riv.r. The - n1anr u.tl 'nr caiu reniatins ,,hotild bb rainai a . I 3. A.3 Only :iiler hoth the hialves of the (ouplings- are ali,ned by mniking their rIde l'(ce.S 7xtIy ,..3ra'!el to; ach oth^rr and their rto circul3r fthres in liner xith,r e.tch other is i.entioned ahov., the -oiphin', hoi/rta3 with rheir r;bhher hushes .ihould he inserted in coupling bolt holhs. 3.4.7 C'ire shouild be taken to ensuice that faces of shalt en(ds do not project o(Ut of thil halt coi.uplintg faces, when the latter are titted on to the pumrp and prime mnover shaft extensions. Otherwise they may rub against each other and/or will not allow sufficient clearance for unhampered endwise movement of the shatls. 3.4.8 Even if the pump and its prime mover of a coupled set are properly aligned to each other at the inanufacturer's works, the alignment gets invariably disturbed while handling during the * transit of the set to the installation site. It is, therefore, always necessary to check up this alignment and makke necessary adjustments for proper realignment, before the pumpset is placed on the foundiation according to 3.2.4. This realignment should be rechecked once again after gfrouting has set on the foundation. :1.5 Pipong :3.5.1 The .uction and diecharge piping shouldl he connected only after ens;uirng that the grout is * stflficlertly sot. .3.5.2 rn o(rder to have least possible triction head losses it is recommended to employ suction pipe is direct and short as possible. [f a long suction line is unavoidable, the pipe size s;hould be * 110 0 0 0 1S ')169 (IWart l) -13() : .;..;.3 I ' ,Ne 1f ........ ')t; * ;l;D iull ct w)rovi[d d %"il.II I a a CK I Ave tcrrilo punlip . ,114i 't v h11' 'Al? r LCtd II':t t) tiltCh!ok c ti'.'P I ";' It v i.ae 'ii - I.hl n r . hc puap is to be pi-imiied r _ 1 .;. P) a)f A'Al'iu 1 o' ;,-(I riat it [t `o'us rot a .;C eSSive l irceS ad ni in1et-3 oil t he puu. p i,in, i to nI it c ltd, .8incn it mniaht atia e Dri;oji) Or piall it out oft poition. Piping * Z tg'l'l .^i ,''l 'S,7 lL' } i i!,t ;;lh ir..Ly' ' tz ?tl i '1 j4,( 10X ),i'.>3 I; +,irŽ 4 --'i'F'. Lie .,acta.,n azi i . 1 i ,-,;uir ; . l l .tt li:tk . Ati iiner f rc oul,l e 1' ip 't'd 't d i- h r.l t'.:tr to b it ~:;-OIidciii. ;t £2 P PI~, "h tO t. -io .;~ir~ .AI 10, Li Cin.30I flat,d ti the pII I a I;n' 3.A Fir!;al Au.'o,'bŽtic . - fter th! 0ip1t j.g as r, i Il; lyninffnt ih,,)udi ltt thor niaaly chtcked andt * ocrfctive action tLiken, if necessary. Now the haut:i are finally h-t *r., t 31.7 The rotating parts such as couplings, rly wheel pulley, belts, etc, s;hould be properly protected by guardls. 0 0 * ^7Yf. \ §A ( I't Y NO III .A;j'tU2tltra3l} S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Si._.' ''-4: ,............... 0 S 9 * APPENDIX ECP AGRI 2.5(d) J.UC jS1 bIl,C45 31 ii22 :0!Ai IS : 9694 ( Part IV')- 1930 _ * ' I.d,iiain "tid.-trJ ; | f -- , '-~ODE OF: PR'tACtCE FOsR NHEc SE-2.vT1OPj, INJSTAL.LATIONb, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF HOI1ZONTAL N J* r * 31FU(,GAL P(J' ?S FOq ACJ CULr URAL APPLICA ItONS * ?a ioA.r TV MAUNMJNE&ANCE *, - q,i , .'n C;n..3 .C ti j .. . f 'r tild tint injnc sf iu i.kozt cI cntrifijgal pumT!ps *~ ~~~~ .2. -'':.: £ t mauc- I-) 2.1 nucce ;l d .ific;ant o,spr3tian /f c:ntrWfuyid [;pimp5 dfprnd3 (]roady Iofl proper io!action nmd 9 insti,otion. ro cnsure *nost 3fficient operation and least moinlenan, it iS recommended that camp- lete data should be submittad to tha pumrp manuf3cturer so that he properly suggest z pump capable _ of fulfilling ths requirements. e< 2.2 Oaily Obsetvation of Pump Operation -- D3ily observation regarding general performance of ths . pumps should ba made and any irregularity in the operation of a pump should be taken c3re of pro- psrly. This refers particularly to changes in sound of a running pump, stuffing box leakage, power ;coonsumption and abnormal temperature rise in the pump. 2.3 Annuel Inspection indComplete Overh3al- It is very difficult to iikak gineral rules about the 9 f. ?'roquincy of coinpluta overhail as it depoends on the punip e3rvice, the pump construction and matetials and economic .valuation of overhaul co3t verirus the cost of power lossas re3ulting from increa5ed cle3rances, or duia to other factors. * f.ru :e H?~~~~~~~~~~ 3"ire'lies _ * +~~~~A l >ND'.I'N NO r ;]. | t? ;1':r, '; TO fIS 9694 ( PA.rt 4 :1980 CODE, OF PRAC'ICE l OR *HE SEULECTION, INSTlALLATION, OPERATION AND N i N I l .NANCE OF IIOR I1ZONTA L CENTRIFUGAL PUM 10PS FORpo010r ptoperly. * ~~~~AGRICULTURAL APPLICATIONS O$ reIy * PART 4 MAINTENANCE * actoP. Page 2, Ta5'Ie 1, 'il hea'dijng 'Rennedies' )-Substititc t f :! ' for thie cxisting ajainst 'Foot va3vc m'ayr - toO;lo s ill' iy , , ' ft t ,r * 41;: pect inS*i m~ rcpf .-...... it b'y anril}tr fot m; ~............. r nf.ll Ilir.g tiISti )Ro.',idt ,rJ Sti tOW5: t'1986i *J~~~~~t repl~~~~~~~~ by ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ f.d d~tir gitftii 2~ ( Page 2, Table i, col heading 'Renr;'ies' )-Insert the followinig ,t IftŽncid in thck intacre ii "olurin heatling 'Remediei' agittnst 'Speed too i r'&'he it 3t1Ji.l ,~r' dvit iii icc ;,aiit 1g ,:il'y ot the oir;i> , .- Wrlxrer .f,b ; ,t i * ~ ~~~~~~ Psl ~~~~~~',ijd;y punnp. 0 Pu~4; ot orrGrdt l dirt in ,4atsr Proviie nans o Cdr ,fl *irt and ,tit 0r"[11 1th1 j ldter boinj handfed. _ P i:f.ro straiin .,,n i-pq > J?rov;'v Prui;ur ;4ppoet to pipe ,; eCi t!if it; jr 0 Str;in .|,i s'lmp c~rny ind ivluvrga en.3. . i ~~~~~EXP VLA N ATOIR Y NOTrE _ ~~~~~~~~In order thdzt pumtpsets emnployed by farm'ers have longer operaiting llfe, it is nuTceisary tntia ~~~ t~~~he pun1ipsetS are properly *-naintained. Thi3 part of the rcode hias been forniulated with th,) inte-ntion ^ ~~~~~to provide suffficien)t guidalines to farmers for both maintenance of pumips and locating itio e ausezs ~~~~ ~~of the trouble. * ~~~~~~~This standard is being isswed in the following four parts for easy reference: e ~~~~~~~~Palt I Selection, * ~~~~~~~~~Part 11 lIistallation, * ~ ~~~~~~~'' P3t ti III peration, and *~~~~~~~~~ Pirt IV M5iainzn,inra. S ' A .'t .:.S .,. ; 0 EC AGRI-3.0: ZoWroresR . . . . Assam Agriculture Competitiveness . :oI Government ofAssam, ndia July42004 .0 * CP AGRI-30: Soil and Nutrient Management * 3.1 General e 3.1.1 This ECP provides for measures to address environmental issues pertaining to soil and e nutrient management in all agriculture related practices in AACP. The ECP covers key issues (i) agricultural practices in acidic soils ii) impacts on soil structure (iii) impacts due to erosion, and (iv) selection of appropriate (type and dosage) fertilisers based on the * nutrient balance. The provisions of this ECP comply with the legal requirements and * guidelines that govern the use of chemical and bio-fertilizers. The legal provisions include: * . Assam Agriculture Policy; . The Fertiliser (Control) Order 1985; * . Biofertilisers Manual; . ICAR Guidelines and, * . NABARD Guidelines. * 3.2 Acidic soil management * 3.2.1 The entire state of Assam is characterized by alluvial soils. On the basis of their genesis, * the alluvial soils are divided into new alluvium and old alluvium. While the old alluvium soils' are slightly acidic and rich in organic materials, the new alluvium soils2 are less acidic and not saline and are generally rich in phosphate, potash, calcium, nitrogenous material and organic substances. 3.2.2 A number of organic and inorganic materials are used as soil amendments3 for acidic soils. * Strategies usually adopted for tackling problems of acidic soil: (i) Fertiliser management; (ii) Growing acid tolerant plants and (iii) Applying lime. The following factors are to be considered in selecting a soil amendment: i . Longevity, * . Soil texture, * Soil salinity and plant sensitivities to salts, and * . Salt content and pH. 3.2.3 Liming is the most common amendment used for treating acidic soils. Appendix ECP Agri- 3.1 presents materials used for liming and the procedure for estimation of quantities of * lime required. The following principles shall be adhered to during application of lime: * . Application of lime done just prior to soil preparation is usually most appropriate. * Caustic liming materials such as burned lime, hydrated lime shall not be applied onto actively * growing plants. _ . Lime shall be finely ground and thoroughly mixed to achieve the desired soil pH change 3.2.4 The DAO as well as Farm Management Committee shall provide farmers the information * pertaining to (i) soil testing for acidic soils and (ii) methods for treating acidic soils. . | * ' Old alluvium is found in patches generally along the foothills In the Brahmaputra Valley there is a long patch of old alluvium along the Himalayan foothills from Kokrajhar District upto the river Subansiri of Lakhimpur district. The patch is however, criss-crossed by numerous rivers coming down from the hills. In Sonitpur district the patch of old alluvium occurs - w * south along the middle of the north bank plain from Dikrai river upto about Gohpur. The other patch occurs at the southem and eastem margins of the south bank plain, along the foothills of Meghalaya in Dhubri, Goalpara, Kamrup and Marigaon districts, along the foothills of Karbi Anglong, in Nagaon and Golaghat districts, along the Nagaland foothills of Golaghat, Jorhat and Sibsagar districts and along the southem and eastem foothill margins of Tinsukia districts. 2 New alluvium is found all over the Brahmaputra and Barak Valleys except for the places mentioned above. 3 A soil amendment is any material added to a soil to improve its physical properties, such as water retention, permeability, * water infiltration, drainage, aeration and structure. The goal is to provide a better environment for roots. To maintain an optimum soil pH for crop production, soil amendments are necessary so as to neutralize soil acidity. *- l 3-1 S~M ECP Agri. 3: Soil and Nutrient Management 3.3 Impacts on soil structure 3.3.1 Impacts on soil structure due to AACP intervention shall be compaction of topsoil4, due to mechanisation of agriculture. Towards minimising such impacts, the DAO and Farm * Management Committee shall provide information to the farmers of practices to be * followed to prevent compaction of soils (Refer Box 3-1). *a _ S S S *. S * . No tillage or zero tillage technique shall be adopted for ploughing or sub soiling as per ICAR guidelines. . Whenever practicing deep cultivation, the farmers shall take account of soil conditions. * . Livestock shall not be allowed to graze when the land is too wet to avoid damage to soil structure. . Regular cultivation shall be done on free draining soils * 3.4 Erosion Impacts * 3.4.1 The agricultural practices and activities adding to the problems of soil erosion other than rainfall are: i) Changes in cropping practice and management; ii) Agriculture mechanization and iii) poaching of land by grazing livestock. * 3.4.2 The DAO, based on visits to individual fields shall identify the appropriate erosion control measure and provide information to the farmer on implementation of the same. The measures towards erosion control are presented in Table 3.1. Table 3.1: Measures to Control Soil Erosion * MEASURE DESCRIPTION OF MEASURES * Organic matter and microorganisms cement individual soil particles into larger Maintain organic matter aggregates. Soils high in organic matter have large, stable aggregates, which resist erosion. Protection of the soil surface with a cover of growing plants or crop residue will Maintain crop residue enable a control of erosion. Surface cover cushions the impact of rain due to cover which soil particles are not as easily dislodged and moved. It also slows the flow of water, giving the soil time to absorb more water and thereby reducing * _________ runoff and erosion Reduce tillage Reduced and minimum tillage systems leave a good crop residue cover to prevents erosion and conserves soil moisture. Grow forages and use Forage cover protects the soil from erosion, and the fibrous roots hold the soil Grow forages and use in place. Alternate forages with cereals and oilseeds or legumes can control * crop rotations erosion. Gully erosion can be controlled through grassed waterway. A grassed waterway Grassed waterways is a wide, shallow grassed channel that can carry a large volume of water quickly down a steep slope. 3.5 Selection of fertilizers 3.5.1 To determine nutrient requirements (i) Nutrient hunger signs on growing crops (deficiency symptoms presented in Table 3.1), (ii) Soil tests or analyses to determine the fertilizer * nutrients and dosage needed (iii) Plant and/or plant tissue tests in the field need to be * 5 observed or conducted. The calculation of amount of nutrient requirement has been * presented in Appendix ECP AGRI 3.2. 4 Compaction of topsoil can seriously damage soils structure and restrict root growth and reduce infiltration of water into soil. The biological activity and root growth is affected, as the entry of air gets restricted. This reduces the fertility of the soil and, more specifically, the availability of plant nutrients. ! * 1 3-2 IS ECP Agri. 3: Soil and Nutrient Management Table 3.2: Deficiency Symptoms of Plant/Crop Nutrients S.no Nubient Deficiency B Fe 1 Stunted/Poor Plant Growth 2 Loss of Green Colour 3 Chlorosiss 5 Necrosis6 6 Lower Leave die prematurely 7 Stunted growth of Leaves 8 Reddish Colour of Leaves * 9 Yellowish Upper Leaves _ _ 12 Brown Spots on Leaves 13 White irregular spots on leaves * 14 Olive green or Greyish Leaves _ _ * 15 Roots Malformed 16 Cavities in stems * 17 Low Seed Production ___ * 18 Small Size of Fruits 19 Bushy Shoots on Fruit trees == =_ * 20 Delayed Crop Maturity * 3.5.2 The District Agriculture Officer (DAO) shall provide the farmers the know how of balanced fertiliser requirement to improve soil fertility. The farmers shall be encouraged to undertake soil tests after every cropping cycle to assess soil nutrient requirement. The different amounts of nutrients7 required by medium and good yields of some of the crops * are given in Appendix ECP AGRI 3.3. In addition to plant nutrient needs at the respective * yield levels, other factors to be considered in selection of fertilisers are: . Soil nutrient reserves * Possible unavailability of the applied nutrients to the plant roots due to fixation and 9 . Leaching or other losses. * 3.6 Selection of Application Techniques 3.6.1 The amount and timing8 of nutrient application depends upon i) crop variety ii) planting date iii) crop rotation iv) soil and weather conditions and v) method of application9.All * primary and secondary nutrientsl0 shall be incorporated immediately after application (as * entire state is a high rainfall region) to avoid losses due to run-off and erosion. Application * and handling of bio-fertilisers shall be in compliance with the Manual" for Extension Workers - for Introduclng Blo-fertilizers in North Eastern region. Additional nutrients may 9 9 5 Chlorosis, i.e. a yellowish discoloration of leaves, indicates an affected formation of chlorophyll; chlorosis is reversible by application of the needed nutrient. 6 Necrosis, i.e. brownish discoloration of leaves or parts of leaves, indicates dead tissue. It is irreversible, i.e. it cannot be cured through nutrient application. 7Different crops need different amounts of nutrients. Furthermore, the quantity of nutrients needed depends largely on the crop yield obtained (or expected). Different varieties of a crop will also differ in their nutrient requirements and their * response to fertilizers. 8 This is particularly important for nitrogen fertilizer, which can easily be leached out of the soil profile. For optimum crop use efficiency and minimum potential for environmental pollution, the nutrients shall be applied as near to the time the crop needs them as is practicaL. ' * 9 In the cases of urea and diammonium phosphate application, losses may occur through emission of ammonia to the air. Both these fertilizers must be incorporated into the soil immediately after application, if there is no immediate rainfall or * irrigation to wash it into the soil. '1 The primary nutrients are N, P, and K, because they are most often limiting from a crop production standpoint. All of the * other essential macronutrient elements (Ca, Mg, and S) are secondary nutrients because they are rarely limiting, and more rarely added to soils as fertilizers * Regional Biofertilizer Development Centre, Department of Agriculture, Government of India, CAU campus, Iroisemba, Imphal-795001 * 3-3 - ECP Agri. 3: Soil and Nutrient Management be required after the application of Bio-fertilizers. The time and nature of nutrient requirement are presented in Box 3.2 _ Rhizhobium, which is applied in legume crops, then the first dose of NPK is given but the subsequent doses of N are not required. In case of blue green algae biofertilizer, which is applied in rce, again the first dose of NPK is given * but the subsequent doses of N are reduced by 50% or so depnding upon the algal growth. In case of P solublizing blofertilizer P Is not applied. If we talk of green manure, the recommendation is to skip the first dose of N and the second dose of N is applied after 30 days. 3.6.2 During application of fertilisers, either by hand or equipments, the farmer shall take care * to distribute nutrients uniformly at right dosage. District level training shall ensure that farmers are made aware of appropriate techniques of application. The equipment shall be ; well maintained. The techniques of application of fertilizers are given in Table 3.2. Table 3.2: Technique of Application of Fertilizers ~~~~~~-* . F ~ & Broadcasting AppI-cation of fertilizer to the surface of the field and Dense crops not planted in ro.vs or In dense Broadcasting spreading should be as uniform as possible rows (small grains) and on grassland. Fertilizer application only in selected places in field, the It is preferably used for: fertilizer is concentrated in specified parts of the soil during - row crops, such as maize, cotton, and planting. sugar cane; Row or Band - on soils with a tendency to phosphate 0 Placement and potassium fixation; - where relatively small amounts of fertilizer are used on soils with a low fertility level. Broadcasting the fertilizer on a standing crop. Applying Mainly used for small and large grain crops Top Dressing Fertilizer for Nitrogen requirement by top dressing and and for crops such as forage. 0 Potassium recquirement by Basal Dressing Applying fertilizer as side-dressing is the practice of putting it Mainly Maize, Cotton and Sugar cane. Trees Side Dressing to the side of widely spaced plants grown in rows or other perennial crops also are normally side-dressed. Foliar application is the most efficient method of supplying Can be applied for supplying small quantities FoliarAppabon micronutrients. Spraying shall preferably be done on cloudy of nutrients to any plants or crops. days and in the early morning or late afternoon (to avoid an immediate drying of the droplets). * The amount of fertilizer to be applied per hectare or on a given field shall be determined through * the amount of nutrients needed and the types and grades of fertilizers available. The procedure * for calculating the fertiliser requirement is presented in Box 3.3. Usually mineral fertilizers are delivered In 50-kg bags. Therefore, the farmer has to know the quantity of , * nutrients contained in a 50-kg bag. The easiest way to calculate the weight of nutilents In a 50-kg bag is to * dMJde the number pnnted on the bag by 2. EXAMPLE: How many bags of ammonium sulphate (AS) (with 21% N and 24% S) are needed to supply 60 kg/ha of N? x * 21 divided by 2 gives 10.5. Thus approximately six bags of AS are needed to give (a litme more than) 60 kg/ha N. In addition, six bags of AS will supply 72 kg/ha of sulphur. If the * area of the feld is only 500 m2 (square metres), the required amount of fertilizer would be one twentieth of that for one hectare: I hectare: 10 000 m2 divided by 500 m2 = 20, i.e. for an area of 500 m2 300/20=15 kg of ammonium sulphate are necessary to apply the * amount of nitrogen corresponding to 60 kg/ha N. * L!1 3-4 ECP Agri. 3: Soil and Nutrient Management 3.7 8io-Fertilisers * 3.7.1 Bio-fertilisers are mainly live bacteria or fungi, which on application, help in fixing or * solubilising the nutrients, present in air or soil, but do not contain any significant quantity * of nutrient itself. Different bio-fertilisers available, which are of the three types namely i) * Nitrogen Fixers, ii) Phosphate Mobilisers iii) Compost accelerators and enriches, are presented as Appendix ECP AGRI3.4 3.7.2 The DAO shall ensure that the farmers are educated about measures to be adopted by * them to obtain desirable results from use of Bio-Fertilisers. * * Select right Bio-fertilisers and use it before expiery * Use appropriate methods of application and use it at appropriate time * * For seed treatment use adequate adhesive for better results * * In problematic soils use correct methods like lime or gypsum pelleting of seeds or correction of soil pH by use of lime. * * Ensure supply of phosphorous and other nutrients * 3.7.3 The precautions to be observed in Bio fertilizer use are: * Store Biofertilizers packets in cool and dry place away from heat and direct sunlight * . Open the packets just before use and use all its content at a time. _ Bio fertilizers and treated seeds should not be mixed with chemical fertilizers, insecticides and _ pesticides. * . In case seeds are to be treated with fungicides, then treat the seeds first with fungicides such as Bevistan or Thiramand then with double the recommended dose of Biofertilizers. * Seed treatment and Biofertilizers manure preparation to be done in shade. _ Always use specific Biofertilizers for specific crop and use the packet before the expiry specified 0 on each packet. * 3.7.4 Organic Manure application is beneficial both under irrigated and rain fed conditions. On an average 1 tonne of FYM will be equivalent to 4.4 kg fertilizer N+P+K in 2:1:1 ratio and the crop production efficiency of FYM-N will be 30%. However, this will vary depending upon the soil properties, FYM composition, temperature and moisture. The practices for * application of organic manure shall be as follows: * Animal Manure shall applied on soil 2 to 3 weeks before planting. Materials to be used are cow dung (10-15 tons per hectare) and Poultry manure (3 to 4 tons per hectare). Depending on the * availability these can be applied individually or in combination. _ Rice Straw mulches can be placed in between rows in the standing crops generally from 5 to 8 tons per hectare on dry matter basis up to thickness of 2 to 4 cm above ground. * . Ploughing of the crop residue in the field immediately after the harvest of crops. * Avoid planting same crop residues from identical crops. * . Green manure crops can be grown during fallow season. It can also be used as rotational crops. About 30 to 40 kg per hectare of seeds of a green manure is required for establishment. 0 Compost can be prepared in the field and applied before planting the crop. Compost at the rate of * 5 to 10 tons per hectare is sufficient. . 0 -§ 3-5 . ECP Agri. 3: Soil and Nutrient Management * l Clause 3.2.1 * _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Type of Soil and Aciivity * Acidic Soil Management * - Principles and Techniques Clause 3.2.2 _Factors ot Soil Amendment and * __Management of Acidic in Soil *I- Z _Clause 3.2.3 *a' t*Technique and Principles of * * -. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clause 3.3.1 Soil Compaction Impacts Impacts and Measures for Soil and Measures Compaction 41k,4 *Soil Erosion Impacts andClause 3.4.2 S Control Mepsures n Erosion Control Measures . .' -Clause 3.5.1 * ^ . _ Determination of Nutrient * .I -4; t ./requirement * Soil Nutrient Requirement o O Clause 3.5.2 * | | 0 Encourage Farmers to Take * X | Clause 3.6.1, 3.6.2 * C - ~ H o _ Amount and timing of Nutrient Application Application Technique Clause 3.6.2 Z- | _ Application Technique of * '" | * M.|a * Z * Clause 3.6.3 *J iic ;=Bio-Fertiliser Use and Nutrient Appilcatl11 S : LI Clause 3.6.4 _ . _ Organic Manure application . * zz ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~3-6 ECP Agri. 3: Soil and Nutrient Management Appendix-ECP AGRI-3.1: Materials used for liming of soil M_til Neutralizing value Comment M() Pure CaCO3 100 Not generally available Calcitic agricultural lime, (calcium carbonate, 90 - 100 Easily available CaCO3 +impurities) Dolomitic agricultural lime, CaCO3 + MgCO3 95 - 108 Easily available; provides Mg Ground oyster shells 85 - 95 Selma chalk/mart, CaCO3 + clay 50 - 85 Contains clay; keep dry Burned lime, CaO 150 - 175 Very caustic; don't use Hydrated lime or builders' lime, Ca(OH)2 120 - 135 Caustic; use with caution; no Mg Basic slag 50 - 70 Contains some P & micronutrients; byproduct By-products Variable Use as specified by manufacturer _ Gypsum and/or ground drywall, CaSO4 0 Not A Liming Material Parameters for cakulation of rate of liming required are: 1. Total Oxide content of iUming material-Informataon to be supplied by Trader durlng sale. * 2. liming requirement In kg oxides per aae can be recommended through soil testing. 3. Fbimu/a r (rCoflers40 of lrrne aatkmn ham kg ox/des per aao to kg per aoe kg per acre=(kg oxide per acre)/(% of total oxides) *E o: A sog test ana0rs recommends 0e applkaUn of 1,000 kg oxides / aae. Liming mnterlW coenain 294 CaO and 37% MagO. hnd kg per aae of /lme requLemen * Total Oxides In percent w Z9% CaO+ 37% MgO=6C% =(1000/66)S100-1515 kg per aae * Therefbre, the lime requirement 1500 kg per acre Appendix ECP- AGRI 3.2: How to Calculate the Nutrient Supply Among the various methods of formulating fertilizer recommendation, the one based on yield targeting has found * popularity. This method not only indicates soil test based fertilizer dose but also the level of yield the farmer can hope to achieve if good agronomy is followed in raising the crop. It provides the scientific basis for balanced fertilization not only * between the fertilizer nutrients themselves but also that with the soil available nutrients. The essential basic data required for formulating nutrient recommendation with this approach are nutrient requirement for a unit grain yield (NR), * nutrient contribution from soil (INS) and the contribution from fertilizer (RE). Under the conventional procedure, these parameters are calculated as follows: Total uptake of the nutrient (kg/ha) * Nutrient requirement (NR, kg/t): ----------------------------------------------- Grain yield of the crop (t/ha) Total uptake of the nutrient in the control plot (kg/ha) * Soil Nutrient Efficiency (SNE): ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Soil test value (STV) of the nutrient in control plot (kg/ha) Fertilizer nutrient recover efficiency (RE): (Total uptake in treated plot (kg/ha)) - (Soil test value in treated plot (kg/ha)] * SNE * Amount of the nutrient applied trough fertilizer in the treated plot (kg/ha) * Fertilizer requirement (F) for a target yield (Y, t/ha) Is then calculated as: F (kg/ha) = 1/RE[NR(Y) - SNE*STV] This equation serves as a basis for working out the fertilizer nutrient dose for a given soil test value and a specified yield target. Quantitative fertilizer adjustment equations based on soil tests have been formulated to calculate nutrient doses for I * a definite yield target. * Appendix-ECP AGRI-3.3: Nutrient Requirement by crops by kilograms per hectare * Crops BY Type Yield kg/ha Nirogen Phosphorous Potaiilum Ialclum Magnesium Sulphur * CropslyType Yieldlcg/ha ~~ ~ ~~ ~~N P20 P K10 K Ca Mg S Rice 3000 50 26 11 80 65 _________________ 6000 100 50 22 160 131 19 12 10 Wheat 3000 77 77 12 65 54 _ 5000 140 60 26 180 108 28 14 71 Maize 3000 72 36 16 54 45 1 1 5 6000 120 50 27 120 100 24 25 15 Tomatoes 40000 110 30 11 150 125 1 17 54 *Seed oil 5000 140 63 27 126 105 1 1 35 30 _ l 3-7 0 ECP Agni. 3: Soil and Nutrient Management APPENDIX-ECP AGRI-3.4: IMPORTANT Phospho BIO-FERTILISERS ___________- i3IOFERTLIZERS - * nitro 'ixer Phoophiae mncbi izers Corpost: lcc.eretors, s;nfJ - ----- ------ - TK Symbiotic Fice hving p?hosF hte Phosphate * [.. - - ; | .jbso,t-rs ; - *~ h1l l 4Azcli4, I VA MAlyrrrhi7a 3aCiu.s ____ = | P,eLdorrcniS _ ,Assoclatve FINe green algae US * <'fl1S)Ionlt Azotcb3err4fS * Azo.sp;rllum '------- _ Aeclotobcter C rCompost Compost Imricters acecerators * r----- - 1--''-----1 * Cellutolytic Lignolytic Nitrogen P enricher onricher rnChoderm9 AiThobacter *.,lnlsHurmCofa Azotchbcxter r * M1y;otheo3um a I J~~~~~~~~~~~~I:nly' . . . . *0 . . . 0 ; -8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0 .0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 0 0 i__ _ 0 0 * ECCP AGRI-4.0 Fartilizer & ?-asticidas - * 2iandling & Storaga * 4.1 General * 4.1.1 The ECP on Soil and Nutrient Management provides inputs towards selection of * appropriate (type and dosage) fertilisers / pesticides based on the nutrient balance. This ECP addresses issues arising from the improper handling and storage of these chemicals. These guidelines and precautionary measures shall be applicable to handling and storage * by (i) the traders' dealing in fertilisers and pesticides and (ii) individual beneficiaries of the * project. 4.2 Building a storage facility * 4.2.1 The trader shall store fertilisers in a dry and secure location, so that impact on * groundwater does not result. The fertilizers shall be stored away from activities that might rip open a bag or allow rain to enter the container. An impermeable (waterproof) floor, such as properly treated concrete shall prevent fertilizer from seeping into the ground and * leaching to groundwater. This Secondary containment provides impermeable floor and walls around a fertilizer or chemical storage area that minimize the amount of fertilizer or * chemical seeping into the ground from a spill or leak. 4.2.2 When building and maintaining a fertilizer-storage facility, the following precautionary measures shall be considered: - * . The size of the storage facility should be adequate for holding the peak fertilizer requirement. . Locate the dry-storage building or liquid secondary containment down slope and at least 15m away * from the water body . The building foundation and secondary-containment floor shall be constructed from impermeable material & well drained and above the water table. 0 . Rainwater shall be diverted away from the fertilizer storage area. . Fertilizer storage warehouses should be constructed of materials that protect the fertilizer from the natural elements. . Fertilizer shall be stored in a manner to prevent contamination with other products. (i.e. seed, pesticides, grain, etc.) Store all dry fertilizer products under roof. * The fertilizer bags shall not be stored on bare ground and shall be stored in dry place * Display appropriate warning and hazard signs on storage facilities. 4.2.3 In addition, the siting of the storage facility, layout and construction of buildings shall be * in conformance with the ECP Common 2: Building Activities. * 4.3 Modifying an existing storage facility * 4.3.1 The following precautionary principles shall be followed during the modification / * expansion of an existing storage facility: . The building foundation and secondary-containment, floor shall be constructed of impermeable material & well drained and above the water table. Drainage should be provided around the * building . Fertilizer shall be stored in a manner to prevent contamination with other products. (i.e. seed, * pesticides, grain, etc.) * . If the storage facility is within 15m of a water body, the same shall be relocated. Though the project does not envisage any interventions towards development of storage facilities for traders, the Department as Good Practices shall enforce upon these measures on the traders, _ > ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4-1 * ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage 4.4 Recommendation for Safe Loading & Unloading 4.4.1 Loading and unloading facilities shall be designed to (i) reduce the risk of dry fertilizer * escaping to the environment, and (ii) permit easy cleanup of any spilled fertilizer. The * following measures for safe loading and unloading shall be adopted: * Surface of the loading and unloading areas shall be constructed of an impervious material (i.e. concrete or asphalt). * The area shall be larger than the vehicles being loaded and/or unloaded. The perimeter area shall be sloped away from the loading or unloading area to permit rainwater to drain away (to prevent * puddles). Spilled fertilizer shall be swept up and re-blended in a dry useable form. * * Loading and unloading techniques shall prevent unnecessary spillage of the fertilizer * Bagged fertilizer must be handled in a manner to prevent fertilizer from escaping to the environment. Torn bags should be re-packaged immediately. * Spills should be cleaned up immediately or at the end of the day to avoid the potential for soil and groundwater contamination. * * All dry fertilizer should be reused and wet fertilizer should be properly reused and recycled * 4.5 Handling and Storage of Pesticides 4.5.1 The detailed guidelines for handling and storage of pesticides developed by Assam Agriculture University are presented in Appendix ECP Agri. 4.1: Guidelines for use of * Pesticides2. In addition, the following measures shall be complied with: * * ALWAYS READ THE LABEL: Follow all safety precautions on the label. Wear protective clothing and use protective equipment according to instructions on the pesticide label. * Be careful when handling pesticide spray materials to avoid spilling on skin or clothing. Should such an accident occur, wash immediately with soap and water. * Avoid drift to non-target areas, which may endanger other plants or animals. Cover feed pans, troughs, and watering tanks in livestock areas. * When selecting pesticides, keep in mind that the type of formulation and application equipment * affects the potential for drift. * * Bathe or shower in hot, soapy water after applying pesticides. * After applying pesticides, wash clothing, separate from other laundry, in hot, soapy water. * Contaminated clothing must be handled with the same precautions as the pesticide itself. * The washing of the containers of pesticides should not disposed off into any flowing water body or * a water body used for drinking purpose. 0 1.6 Safety Measures for P?rsonnel Han.ling Fertilizers atnd Pesticides * 4.6.1 Towards ensuring adequate safety, personnel handling fertilizers / pesticides should use personal protective equipment, e.g. face shields or goggles, rubber aprons, long-sleeved shirts, rubber gloves and boots. In addition, the trader shall * Adequately train all employees in the use of appropriate protective gear and equipment for * handling products. * Proper use of safety equipment and protective clothing for workers involved in handling and * storage of fertilizers * Use closed mixing/transfer systems for pesticide handling safety. S * Do not mix pesticide-contaminated clothing with family clothing. * * Hang clothing outside in direct sunlight and wind to dry when possible. * Use strong detergents and hot water for washing. Run empty washer with detergent and hot water * cycle to clean after washing contaminated clothing. * Provide and use appropriate personal protection device when loading and mixing pesticides. * Provide office or non-storage areas with separate exit doors from pesticide storage rooms. * * Properly ventilate and lighted storage areas. * Provide Information of first aid and antidote to personnel handling fertilizer or pesticides. -0 0 22Publication Number:1407/05/02/1 000, Assam Agriculture University. . * 4-2 ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage 4.7 Guidelines for users of small quantities of pesticides3 * 4.7.1 Avoiding pesticide dependence: Efforts shall be made by the Agriculture Department to * reduce the dependence of farmers on chemical pesticides through training & * demonstration programmes of IPM. Programmes that raise awareness of the hazards of * pesticides encourage users to treat pesticides with care, minimize their use, and manage them and their waste products cautiously. 4.7.2 Buying pesticides: Through training and awareness programmes, the agriculture * department shall ensure that only the appropriate pesticide is purchased to prevent * accumulation of unwanted stocks. The farmers shall sought advise from agricultural * extension officers, FMC, Agriculture Service Centres. The product selected should not only be effective against the pest but should also be of a formulation that is appropriate to the type of application equipment used by the buyer. Products should be bought only when * they are in their original, sealed containers and not in repacked containers and complete * product label attached. The label should be in a local language and be clearly legible. * Buyers should resist pressure from pesticide vendors to buy larger quantities than are needed, even if cost reductions are offered. Pesticides intended for use in major crops should not be used on other crops such as vegetables, or for the control of domestic * pests. * 4.7.3 Storing pesticides: Owners and end users of pesticides have a responsibility to store them * safely so that they do not cause harm. Badly stored pesticides are likely to deteriorate and become unusable or obsolete. The following conditions should be adhered to when pesticides are stored in homes or on farms: * Pesticides should be kept in a secure place to which children, animals or unauthorized people do **not have access. 0 They should not be stored in living or sleeping quarters. * * They should be kept separately from all food, including animal feed, and away from water and water supplies. * They should be kept dry and out of direct sunlight. They should be kept away from naked flames, e.g. fires or lamps. * Storage places should be well ventilated. * Pesticides should never be transferred into containers other than those in which they were supplied. Older products held in store should always be used before newly purchased products. Use-by dates * on products should be strictly observed. 4.7.4 Empty containers: The containers should be cleaned out as completely as possible. For * liquid (e.g. emulsifiable concentrate) or solid (e.g. wettable powder) formulations that are * diluted before application, containers should be triple-rinsed and the washings used as * part of the product dilutapt. Containers for dry application products should be emptied as completely as possible. Empty containers should not be used for any purpose other than storage of the pesticides that they originally contained. To prevent such misuses, schemes * to collect empty containers by the traders to be insisted by the Agriculture department. Containers should be punctured to prevent reuse. Empty containers should not be burned ! * or buried. 4.7.5 Unwanted pesticides: Unidentified or unusable pesticides should not be kept or used for any purpose. Neither should pesticides that are out of date or stored in damaged * * containers. Advice should be sought from pesticide suppliers/distributors. The department * shall encourage pesticide suppliers/distributors to establish schemes for disposal. * 3 Guidelines for the management of small quantities of unwanted and obsolete pesticides, FAO PESTICIDE DISPOSAL SERIES 7 4-3 ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage * Clause 4.2.3 & 4.2.2 w Siting of Storage Facility ECP Building * I, Activities Clause 4.2.2 Building of Storage Maintenance of Building & Storage * Z _ Brief Guide to Storage of Fertiliser 3 j Clause 4.3.1 Precautionary Principles of Modification fo Existing Storage * 7 __ * . Clause 4.4.1 Design principles of safe loading and L Handling and Storage of unloading * ; Pesticides Practices Clause4.5.1 * {J _ Guidelines for Handling and Storage of * 3I1 Pesticide *8 1 Clause 4.6.1 Safety Measures Safety Measures and training of personnel's * I l _ Clause 4.7.1 - _[ Use of Bio Pesticide and IPM Practice $~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Clause 4.7.2 Usage Practice Guide Purchase of Appropriate Pesticides Clause 4.7.3 Conditions of retail storing of * pesticides _ | Clause 4.7.4 -*l;; __ Practice for disposal of Empty Disposal of unwanted Containers Pesticides and Empty i i g Containers Clause 4.7.5 Use and Storage of unwanted 0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~pest icides * 0~~~~~~~. .. 0 0w 0 - ECP Agrn 4: Fertilizer 6 Pesticides - Handling S Storage * ~~~~~~~Appendix ECP Agri - 4.1: Guidelines for use of Pesticides .4.4- .fit t-2 1 IAaaaa. aaiaaaaa ar aa a a *~~ * ,. 4 * * t . * I a ~ ~ ~ ~ Xs FZFTTT.|fjTA| * a '1It~~~~~~~~ P~~~'~~I1I a4- .~~~~~~~ @ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ECP Agri 4: Fertilizer &L Peticides -Handling & Storage| ^ _ , w ds .a~mf xrm W , .Nt 0 -~R s 4S Wm R7 * -44 Tmq, 193 RM cw q Tt* t~~~~~~~z &r -A, g7m 43-m -0I Mr"ICW=ta - *k ;A" tlA , * k 01,,," +44 IA CS 41 -;r- ; 1 r. A -- e,,v 2~~~~~~~qw 'A Om' q;g' 1m A T *4 Rm"-I' AI C% dio * M^ t"* I 0 ym an't I ti> Mtsb 8~~~~~~~~~~.M as ) ;GI -E , R a csS< * .# {,; t, , < P~-;-r:z e3Tk tbSilm .f M i - w 4ii Xv - 0~~~~~~~~~~~ 4 T. A -li, zt 'Wti I . C.< ,i 0015 1 ! 91 '!, ij;~ v 0 4%M IiPT UO7tl .3N ,- fi, <4 I" 'z,4 Lr In9t,P 4, ; 4\ Cj qf IRM q.Tf if-tv -t t5| 1 if5t -. 'I Vh 7i lu3 W4 to~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ * -4'', . GR .a '4) Ml RlAV'FM%. T -I VI * v1 *^ 0 *^..._. . 0 : i * LA ' 4-6 . ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage * \ * ' * B ,I * '1fl~ 4T~~4m ';rim 'T ' n: C3 i Atit-4m vM v"vm -4-,, w:- ARq %T * 4~~~~~~C - 0{&~ 40m -A~ f-Ai~~ ~~~~~~~f4C41 R. f, C"-m ,< 4 D 9q qgm , . 4 -q-t. -i4ff# v * ,.E, ;_ .5^ £D * - 0 ~~~~n~~- 4144mro "0w *.-M 1 4i'M CM Tig T-M -i> '' I . b~~~~~4T l 9 s ' ~4 iw (E...piry. dae . q" * > Li- $f>5 3ie w s~ * 4w IC;IA T4m 4`510C1tU I efM 4i'm * (M i M -F,>5 q S ~ ~ ~ .rt ? p s i l t- -S S - . ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage * , * . n ,* + A J-1 wO~~ ft^. -n f3s i+*L-R I. * -v * 0 .n iw 1 fo4,IRS N I ,, ,, !1z~k . -N, I a I I - --j' *. * .J .S * - w~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i cw: m >: : 10 48 0 0 * f e * | ~~~~~~fafllflo, W I :S 9S -9 . 9 _ _. . O~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- *9 9 9 9 : .- 9 9 9 9 9 S 0 0 9 S 9 9 9 9 0 : ' ECP AGRI-5.0: l * ~~Assam Agriculture Competitiveness Goenmn ofAsa,Ini 0 * _July--- ___ 1-S * EC? AGRI-S, L and DaveIopment 0 0 * 5.1 General * 5.1.1 Land Development program aims at increasing cultivable areas through i) bringing * temporarily water-logged area under cultivation ii) use LLP for assuring irrigation during the dry season. The major activities for land development are (i) removing water logging in agriculture field; (ii) Improving drainage channels; (iii) Clearing weeds or unwanted * growth of plants in the channel; (iv) increase the width of channel and (v) Constructing * new channel if the existing channel did not connect to the natural river system. 5.1.2 The environment consideration of the land development through improving the drainage channels involves (i) Water from Natural water bodies may also get drained; (ii) The bio diversity of the water logged area may be damaged; (iii) The drainage channel widening may involving land acquisition leading to social rehabilitation; (iv) The widening or * construction of drainage channel shall involve encroachment on the common property * resources or community places. Therefore it shall be the responsibility of the department * to take up the land development exercise without causing damage to the natural and manmade habitat. * 5.1.3 The ECP shall apply to land development in i) agriculture land which are waterlogged ii) marshy areas and iii) areas being developed which are categorised as "Low Impacts" * based on the information provided in Project Information Document. (Appendix ECP AGRI * 5.1) * PRECONSTRUCTION STAGE * 5.2 Agricultural Land 5.2.1 It shall be the responsibility of the department to undertake topographic and hydro- geological studies of the area. Further it shall be the responsibility of the department to * undertake following considerations: 9 * No Natural Water body or wetland shall be drained for the purpose of intervention * The area selected for the land development shall not be in the radius of 7 km from the core of * grade 1 wetland (Refer ECP Common 1- Blodiversity Management) or national parks or wild life sanctuary or forest area or any other ecological sensitive area. * Existing channel shall be preferred for the drainage system else detailed E4 shall be done. * Minimum land cutting shall be done following the natural contours. * Disposal of excavated earth shall not be done in the surrounding low lying of ecological sensitive areas. * The drainage channel shall not pass through ecological sensitive area. * The felling trees shall be avoided * . Construction in natural water channel shall not impede the migration of fished or other species * 5.3 Marshes and Swamps - * 5.3.1 In addition to the environmental considerations in agriculture land it shall be the responsibility of the DAO to have an assessment of the Bio-Diversity of marshes and swamps identified for land development by a professionally qualified personnel. The assessment report' along with recommendations shall be annexed to the Project * Information Document. The information shall be used to categories projects. Projects with low Impacts which can be undertaken. * ' The Biodiversity Assessment Report shall also contain the list of species of Plants, birds and fishes that are found in the swamp. _ 5-1 - ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage 5.4 Other Consideration * 5.4.1 It shall be the responsibility of the DAO to undertake physical survey of the area involving study of land utilization pattern; encroachments; area requiring land acquisition or * acquisition of the common property resources (CPR) or acquisition of community areas. * Further it shall be the responsibility of the DAO to conduct consultation with the community directly or indirectly related to the with the help of Nodal NGO to incorporate the following considerations * * No land acquisition shall be done for the purpose of the project else the depaitment shall get the letter of consent from the community for donation of land 0 The development of drainage channel shall not lead to acquisition of CPR or community areas. * * One beneficiary shall not donate land more than 10% of his total land. * 0 It shall be responsibility of the DAO to prepare detailed project report (i) detailing current condition * of the area; (ii) Total area of the land; (iii) Length of the drainage channel; (iv) Length of channel encroached and nature of encroachment; (v) Length requiring land acquisition for widening; (vi) Length for which new channel has to be made; (vii) Length of channel passing through any * ecological sensitive area. CONSTRUCTION STAGE * 5.4.2 The DAO shall ensure that: debris generated from excavation of drainage channel are not disposed at in any water body or are left along the channel. v No un warranted destruction of flora and fauna occurs. i5.5 POST CONSTRUCTION STAGE 5.5.1 The DAO shall ensure that: 5.5.2 Vegetation is not allowed to grow in the drainage channel. * 5.5.3 Desilting of drainage channels take place periodically, 5.5.4 Fresh encroachments shall not be allowed 502 1 0 0 - S - *0 ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage 0 * APPENDIX ECP AGRI 5.1: PROJECT INFORMATION DOCUMENT * Land Development * BRIEF PROFILE * A Location D Length of Drainage Channel (km) * B Area to be E Major Water v Developed in Channel * ~~~~~km' S Items for Evaluation * A Physical Consideration * 1 Is the profile of drainage channel Yes Attach the map with prepared and finalise? ] No details of channel i If yes, then what is the available clear m width of the channel? 0 * ii What is the length to which the km encroachment has occurred? iii What are the nature of Agr. Resi. Comm Other encroachments? Fj n * Iv What the total land required for the | 2 widening of the channel? * B Environment Considerations 1 What is the period of water logging LII 15-30 :X1 30-60 [ >60 days X after rainy season? (in days) days days 2 Is there any wetland in the proximity Yes No * of the area? I I I If yes what is the distance from the m2 * area? ii If the distance is less than 7km, Yes No Attach the Details of * whether bio-diversity of wetland has LI LI the Survey been assessed? iii Are Community consultations being Yes No Attach the Details of * 0 carried out in surrounding area of [ 0 the Survey * wetlands? * 3 Are there any National Park/Wildlife [-] Yes [ No Attach the Details of - * Santuary in the proximity of area? area * I If yes, what is the distance from the m2 * area? 4 Does natural Habitat exists along the [ Yes L No 5-3 ECP Agri. 4: Fertilizer & Pesticides - Handling & Storage _ S Items for Evaluation * Drainage Channel? * I If yes, what is the length of channel m2 passing through the natural habitat? * ii Is natural habitat management plan Yes No Attach the plan * prepared? D 7 * 5 Are trees being cut by the land CI Yes n No I C development project? I If yes, What are the number of trees * felled? ii Is clearance from the forest C Yes g No Attach the department obtained? certificate 6 Is any forest land being diverted for F Yes :j No Attach the details the project? I If yes, is clearance from forest g Yes ] No Attach the department obtained? certificate 7 Is plan prepared for disposal of LI- Yes C No Attach the copy of excavated earth? plan i C C Social Considerations * 1 Is land is required for widening of Yes D No Attach the details * drainage channel? of land requirement I Are consultation conducted with Yes No Attach the Detail community before finalization of the 7 F of Consultation * project? ii Is Consent of land owners towards L Yes ] No Attach the Gift * voluntary land donation received? deed/MoU iii What the average land donation by Attach the * the individual beneficiary? Beneficiary total * land details * 2 Is project involves acquisition of FLj Yes :2 No Attach the Details common property resources? .5 0 5 * ~~~~~~~5-4L . 9 . 0 0 . 0~~C-ihr-:Be Oe ' ;\ S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~"Gvrmn fAsm ni S sa giutr ;l l 04 _ EC P Fishery 1. Beel (Open W ater) Fishery' \aIi m lenient * -1.1 General * 1.1.1 This ECP establishes procedures for management of open water fisheries, i.e. to carry out open water fishery activities in a manner to minimise the environmental implications on these ecosystems. The ECP is applicable to all Open Water fisheries and interventions in Beels categorised' as "Low Impact" by the Environment cum Technical Officer (ETO) except those within 1 km of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Ramsar Sites, Grade I Beels, Biosphere Reserve, * Classified forest. * 1.1.2 This ECP covers the following (i) Criteria for selection of beels for open water fisheries (ii) Procedures for minimizing adverse environmental impacts including management of weeds, economic and social consequences resulting from water extraction, land use, discharge of * effluents, use of pesticides etc and (iii) Institutional Arrangements including training requirements for enhancing awareness of the communities towards sustainable beel management practices. * 1.2 Institution & Legislations in India * 1.2.1 To regulate and organise the fish seed industry and ensure quality fish seeds the Government of Assam has formulated, Fish Seed rules 2002 which is yet to be enacted. Other legislations such as Assam Fishery Rules, 1953 (related to beels and rivers), Assam * private fisheries protection act, 1935 (related to private ponds and tanks) govern the fisheries * activites in the state. ARIASP has developed legal literacy campaign for educating the communities on the rights and duties of the community in open water (beel) fishery. 1.2.2 India is a signatory to the Ramsar2 Convention on Wetlands, an intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. It came into force in 1975, and it is the only * global environmental treaty that deals with a particular ecosystem. * 1.3 Selection ofbees * 1.3.1 The District Fishery Development Officer (DFDO) shall identify beels for taking up for inland * fisheries based on the following key considerations (i) Biodiversity;(ii) Physical, chemical and biological parameters; (iii) Primary productivity and (iv) Stock assessment. Beels which shall not be taken up in AACP are presented in Box 1-1. * _ ~. 0 1.3.2 The issues pertaining to biodiversity of beels is presented in ECP Common 1 Biodiversity Management. The beneficiary shahl provide information in the Project Information Document provided as Appendix ECP Fishery 1.1. * 2It was adopted in the Iranian city of Ramsar in 1971. The signatories shall fOrmUlate and impicilient their planniniig so as t) pronmote lthe conservation of thie wetlands. The salient features of the convention are: * Wetlands are areas of marsh, fen, peatland or water, whether natural or artificial, permanent or temporary, with water that is 5 static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including areas of marine water the depth of which at low tide does not exceed six metres. * . Waterfowl are birds ecologically dependent on wetlands. . Wetlands should be selected in terrns of their international significance in terms of ecology, botany. zoology, limnology or hydrology. * ' The grading criteria beels are presented in ECP Commnon 1 Biodiversity Management [ - 1-1 ECP Fishery 1: Beel (Open Water) Fishery Management 1.3.3 Physico- chemical parameters: Water and bottom soils basically control overall beel environment, which supports aquatic life. To assess the aquatic productivity, the Department shall assess the quality of certain physico-chemical parameters as per the standard practices * developed by Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute (CIFRI). These would include: * . Water parameters such as temperature, water pH, turbidity, Dissolved oxygen, Alkalinity, Total hardness, Specific conductivity, Biological oxygen demand, chloride4, calcium and magnesium. . Soil parameters such as texture, soil pH, organic carbon and status of soil nutrient5 (Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium). b * 1.3.4 Primary productivity of beel or wetland: Towards understanding the trophic status of the beel ecosystem, the DFDO shall carry out a measurement of primary productivity through photosynthesis. The daily and seasonal carbon production of a system can be used to assess the trophic status and fish production potential of any water body. While assessing the aquatic productivity, the role of nitrogen and phosphorus6 is also equally important. 1.3.5 Stock Assessment: The DFDO, shall study issues related to growth of fish populations, their * size (Length and weight) and age structure, recruitment and mortality, estimation of stock, * optimum yield etc. are to studied before taking up any developmental activities in a particular beel. The AACP shall develop a right type of stock assessment model7, which can be utilised, to carry out stock assessment in the project. 1.4 Management of Aquatic Weeds 1.4.1 Management of macropytes8 is essential as excessive growth of macrophytes poses threat to fish production, healthy environment and fishing . Periodical removal of excessive growth of S macrophyte or aquatic vegetation shall improve plankton production (primary food producer). * and shall help improve the water quality of beel. Management practices for controlling aquatic weeds are presented in Box 1.2. * * A maximum cover of 20 - 25 % macrophyte in a particular beel shall be allowed. * * electivq rWr ivo of excessive growth of submerged aquatic weed; , cfRrckati~ T ph S ': ';,hytes; * : * A # i po the weed-i1fested beel rabe transformed ln le A' ha."h tpt to * 1.4.2 The DFDO shall encourage manual and cost effective means of periodic removal of floating weeds like water hyacinth, using boat, net or bamboo hook. i 1,5 Desiltation * 1.5.1 Community surrounding the wetland shall be discouraged, through information dissemination campaigns, to drain or fill portion of the wetlands to secure land for development or farming. At such location, alternative sources of livelihood such as animal husbandry shall be * propagated. 4Estimation of chloride is important to evaluate the pollution level, as it is a good index of eutrophication and pollution caused by cattle, sewage and other waste materials. *5 Soil nitrogen above 250mg/kg and soil phosphorus above 30mg/kg are said to be indicators for good productivity. Chemical fertilizers when used in paddy field, which contain phosphates and nitrates, can leach into waterways, destroying the natural habitat by causing algal blooms. These blooms reduce oxygen availability in the water and alter the biodiversity in the waterway. 6 Dissolved inorganic nitrogen in the range of 0.2-0.5 mg/I and phosphorus between 0.05 & 0.20 mg/I, are said to favourable for fish productivity. * Through studies by experts several models of fish stock assessment are known. Macrophytes are the characteristics feature of beel ecosystem. They play a definitive role in the stabilization of beel 0 ecosystem, *1-2 ECP Fishery 1: Beel (Open Water) Fishery Management 1.5.2 In the event of the connecting channel or opening to river getting blocked due to heavy * siltation, the productivity of the Beel shall be adversely affected. In such cases desiltation * would be required. The DFDO shall ensure that the community is actively involved in desiltation. To some extent, silt may be removed manually to prepare smaller earthen nursery * or rearing tanks along the periphery of the beel for stocking fish seeds. *- Cto,gnckin-g of QSols * 1.6.1 The department shall ensure that stocks are replenished only by indigenous fish species. No Exotic Species shall be introduced in beels under any condition Release of fry into rearing tanks shall be done under the supervision of DFDO or a Fishery expert only under * favourable conditions. * 1 .7 Sustainable Beel Management Practices Three major issues of environmental concerns viz. (i) Water Quality, (ii) Restoration of * Habitats and (iii) Legislation Enforcement are important to any wetland development. * DFDO along with the Beel Development Committee shall prepare a Beel Management Plan * for all beels that would be taken up for development of Fisheries activities in AACP. The basic strategies and management measures have been detailed in ECP Common 1: Bio-diversity 0 Management. 1.7.1 For development programs around the beels, the department shall assess impacts of such activities, which would have adverse impacts on the sustainability of the beels e.g. use of * chemicals and pesticide, development activities. The department of fishery shall sensitise other line departments such as district administration, forest department, department of agriculture etc. 1.8 Socio-Economic Issues surrounditig the beels * 1 .8.1 To assess the profile of the local inhabitants and to identify problems and issues and priorities for further development; The fisheries department shall use an efficient tool, either Rapid * Rural Appraisal (RRA) or Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA). For fisheries based income * generation activities, initially selected groups in the project area shall be given some type of revolving fund. Training on small-scale enterprise for both men and women shall be provided for income generation activities during the lean period where there is no or restricted fishing * activities. 1.8.2 The project shall ensure that the livelihoods of local communities, and their access to fishing * grounds, are not negatively affected by aquaculture developments (Ref:CCRF Article 9.1.4). * Towards these, the fisheries department shall ensure the following: (i) Access to fishing grounds shall be guaranteed and, where necessary, regulated for the mutual benefit of fisheries, culture-based fisheries and aquaculture. (ii) Agreements shall be fostered between * aqua farmers and fisher folk, to avoid conflicts over access to shared resources such as water, space and living aquatic resources. * 0 1.8.3 Initiate small-scale fish rearing business and live-stock farming as income generating * activities & for their livelihood. For effective implementation and monitoring a team shall be constituted with experts drawn from field of Fisheries& Aquaculture, social science, and engineering etc. * x,¢ 1-3 * ECP Fishery 1: Beei (Open Water) Fishery Management Clause 1.3.2 Biodiversity Assessment * . =. . . | Clause 1.3.3 I ^ I t.Physico-chemical * ,il:0 Selection of beels characteristics * {:b 1; P i i | Clause 1.3.4 | Primary Productivity . -I Clause 1.3.5 : [ , . . . . _ Stock Assessment * : Strategies for _ Clause 1.6 Sustainable I Srtge . Management Strategies k | 1000 Mrigal >1000 Catla >3000 * Gonius >500 Silver Carp >1500 * Grass Carp >2000 * Individual selection of Brood stock shall be on the basis of: * * Origin of Population * Performance of the given strain (Refer ADpendix ECP Fishery 3.2) * Typical external Charecteristics of the species. v 3.4.2 Apart from inbreeding, the other serious issues associated with the quality fish seed production and causing deterioration in the seed quality are: * Mixed spawning of fish practiced by the most seed producers: If this continues, conservation of * the native fish species shall be extremely difficult. * Induced breeding of undersized matured fish: This is a very common practice in most * hatcheries. This needs to be stopped to preserve the quality of fish seeds. 0* Poor brood stock management and Unplanned cross breeding of different species. * Strategies to control deterioration of quality of fish Seeds: 0* Through massive awareness camps, the seed producers are to be educated. * Local network to be formed to exchange brood stocks among the farmers members. * Fish farmers be motivated and educated to culture only the pure varieties of a particular fish * species, say: Rohu, Mrigal, catla, Silver, Grass and Common carps. This practice initially shall be taken up by the department at one center, equipped with good number of fishponds and hatchery. The Institute at Amranga can be upgraded to a training and research centre in quality fish seed production. The quality fish seed produced at the government farm shall be reared to the size of advanced fingerling for distribution to the farmer seed producers at reasonable * price, who will raise the stock for future brood fish. 3.4.3 The selective breeding programme shall involve raising of brood stock species wise collected from different rivers. This programme requires heavy investment and competent persons in the field of fish breeding & genetics. 3.4.4 The concerned personnel of the department of Fisheries shall be trained at CIFA4 before taking up such planned breeding project. Since the project needs heavy investment and infrastructures, from the conservation point of view Indian major carps specially Rohu and - h Catla be selected for the selective breeding programme in the first phase. The fingerling/ brood fish shall be collected from rivers Brahmaputra, Ganges, and any other wild sources. 0 4 The leading institute,CIFA of ICAR, Bhubaneswar which has already developed a high yield variety of Rohu through selective breeding and other institutes working on ex-situ conservation of fish germplasm such as the NBFGR,ICAR,Lucknow, CIFE,ICAR,Mumbai shall be consulted. [ 3-2 0~f ZI . ECP Fishery 3: Fish Seed Production Management * The samples of Rohu developed by the CIFA shall also be procured for breeding programme in Assam. 3.4.5 Tagging and Marking: Species collected from different sources will have to be marked and tagged (e.g.: fin clipping, M- procian blue dye, PIT tags etc) for identification. The marked i g fishes can be reared along with the farmed stock in a communal pond. The recommended * stocking density of marked fingerling for raising as brood stock is about 1500kg /ha. j * 3.4.6 Approach for reduction of inbreeding and production of quality fish seed is already known. The system requires the formation of two or more distinct breeding lines. Brood stock * - generations are advanced by a systematic mating scheme in which females of each line are * mated to males of different lines. Eggs for hatchery production shall be obtained from matings * either within a single line or between lines. An opportunity for improving the breeding . * population is provided through selection of individual fish to be used in the production of the next brood stock generation. 3.5 Operation & Maintenance * 3.5.1 Develop a team of dedicated departmental staff to be engaged in quality fish seed production and training of trainers. Regular maintenance of record on planned breeding programme is * very much required for any stock improvement studies. * 3.6 Seed production of commercially important indigenous food fish species There is a growing demand for supply of some of the commercially important native food fishes such as * Chital, Magur, Singhi, Mystus etc. Although their breeding behaviour and the techniques of seed productions are known, yet farmer-proven commercial techniques are not available in the state. More research projects shall be funded to develop protocols for commercial breeding of these fishes under captive condition. 3.7 Seed production of commercially important indigenous ornamental fish species * 3.7.1 The Department of Fisheries shall organise potential entrepreneurs to be trained on * ornamental fish breeding for taking up this enterprise for livelihood. : S 9~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ S 9 -S 0 S 0 _ * 3-3 ECP Fishery 3: Fish Seed Production Management * ~ Clause 3.3 _ Pt. j Problems of Fish Seed * f . Infrastructure and Breeding Genetic deterioration due to negative . F t: Aspect selection of brood stock * '. _in Hatce. Clause 3A r * Component and Desigim ofd FJ s94 * .;S:iM M D. p Erteqin{~~~~~~~~~~.*Aspecdol * _ _ _ _ _ _ Psd,, " * oRo; +. . ... ..... .... .. ,,, aClause I4.4 * a . --* ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Eidstng Hlatchery Models are cos . 2 s ., ~~Fish Seed Production intensive; Introduction of Coat Eilev * .... * ; ; ....Component and Design Mod.. .- - = <; ~~~~~~~~~~~Components od Bredng Ponds and * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FaciUUes Provisionw | jb . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clause 3.4.4 1 _ Standard sizes of Rearlng Tank and Engineers & Fishery Expert inputs * . for innovations * , + >@ ! Clause 3.5.1 * iiing c. - -4rr, g} 7 , Program and Operationn of--a Planning of Breeding Production 1 f * I 5| | > _ ssii | ~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~Cause 35.21 J * Sfratg to v; veit ;e i| | * ^e. | qof uflltyo(flshseeds. 1 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~3-4 S ECP Fishery 3: Fish Seed Production Management * APPENDIX ECP Fishery 3.1PROJECT INFORMATION DOCUMENT Fish Seed Production Management S Name of Individual/Committee * District Block Village Area , * Provide a location map of the area showing important landmarks and sensitive features. * 1.Size of Hatchery * la. What is the number of eggs which can be produced in one batch lb. What id the number of brood stock in that is available * 1c. Number & types of ponds with size (sq.mt) * 2. Distance of the Facility from: i) Sensitive Location National parks, m N A Sanctuaries,. m NA * Ramsar sites, m NA Grade I Beels, m NA Bio sphere reserves, m NA * Classified Forests m NA * Habitation m NA Water Channel m NA * 3. Indicate fish species that are induced bred in your hatche ry? O Rohu 0 Silver Carp * 0 Mrigal 0 Common carp * 0 Catla 0 Grass Carp o Gonius 0 Big head carp * 0 Clarias 0 Pangasius * gariepinus (Thai sutchi magur) * 0 Tilapia 0 Other Species * (Specify) , * 4. Acquiring Brood stock * 4a. What is the amount of stock that would be acquired 4b.What are the sources of brood stock collection( Attach details, Name of natural water/ hatchery/farmer/organization with postal address, registration number (if any)) 5.Designing of Infrastructure j * 5a.What is the diameter of the spawning pool? (ftlmt) 5 5b..What is the source of the fish seed(Name, address and registration number of the Producer) - *' 3-5 ECP Fishery 3: Fish Seed Production Management APPENDIX ECP FISHERY 3.2: ACTIONS TO ASSESS PERFORMANCE OF THE GIVEN STRAINW The basic input for quality seed production in a hatchery is healthy brood fish. Initially, different strains of a fish should be collected from various source of origin. The fish seed produced form different strains at a hatchery should be marked and reared to the size of fingerling. Detailed study must be conducted on FCR (Food Conversion Ratio), growth, quantitative and qualitative characters etc. before selecting them to be reared as brood fish. (Figure 1.Performance Testing of Different strains) Figure 1: Performance Testing of Different Strains * I Strain 11 Strain III Strain 0+ 0 0+ | tSEltYU> I NUS W- tYPOD| tURtY :CNi | * * ~IL 4.. 4..1 United ~~~~MarkedMud * Keep them In a single pond * | | C cpges or nct enclosums for FCRe istudy, qualitative, quantitative -= chav_ceva & dressing yield study etc. * Common Pond for mwkct fih Maintin a standwd stocking density) Now seect the bet one In a hatchery to maintain commercial fish population, two lines "A" & "B" would be ideal to keep simultaneously in closed groups with strict selection in each generation. Females cane be selected * from line "A" and males from Line "B" for providing brood fish to produce good quality seeds for commercial fish production. (Figure 3: Practical Approaches to overcome Inbreeding) .- 0 S 0 5Fish Seed: Quantity vs Quality -A practical Approach to Quality Fish Seed Production; S K Das, College of Fisheries, Assam Agriculture University, Raha, Nagoan, Assam, India; * 3-6 ECP Fishery 3: Fish Seed Production Management Figure 2: Practical Approaches to overcome Inbreeding * PARENTAL STOCK * Maternal line Paternal line For Hatchery operation Select female from _ ___ (st)(A) and male from * (B) for commercial - 0+ Z o o g ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~secd production (D * ,, o; Soi J~~~++ VWit,. EX ( 0 ~~~~~0 Pure line Pure lines To maintain pure Keep only male fish lines keep only * ~~~~~~~female fish by crossing among 30.40 individuals (Never select brood flsh from this stock) Note: When we select females we have to make strict selecton considering the following characters: I. Largest individuals. 2. No * abnormalities, 3. Hardness of fins -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- 0* . - S I0 0 - 0 0 0 0 *0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S 0 S 0 0 0 0 0 S *0 0 0 -. A . 0 0 40 ECP AI&VS 1. Mana,gement of Bio-Medical,| * Solid & Liquiid WVastes * 1.1 General * 1.1.1 As part of AACP, the Animal Husbandry and Veterinary Department proposes to (i) * Strengthen Artificial Insemination activities, (ii) Improve the Institute of Veterinary Biological (iii) Improve Animal Health Care facilities and iv) encourage animal husbandry such as 0 4 poultry, piggery and duckery. Wastes generated from Veterinary activities are hazardous and toxic and have a high potential for transmissions of diseases. These wastes comprise * infections, and bio-medical waste materials include sharps (hypodermic needles, syringes). . * These constitute contamination risks and health hazards if allowed to mix with municipal 0 wastes without proper treatment. * Animal husbandry such as poultry, piggery shall be encouraged. Waste generated form such facility shall have to be managed to prevent adverse impacts. 1.1.2 The Codes of practice shall be applicable to Veterinary facilities treating less than 3000 animals per annum and located more than 1km from National parks, Sanctuaries, Ramsar * sites, grade I Beels, Bio sphere reserves, Classified Forests. Poultry activities with less than * 1000 birds not located within National parks, Sanctuaries, Ramsar sites, grade I Beels, Bio sphere reserves, Classified Forests shall comply to the provision in this codes of practice. It shall also be applicable to facilities categorized as having "Low Impacts (L)" as per the * information provided in the PID (Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.1) 1.1.3 This Code deals with Waste Management aspects in three parts namely, * . Part I Bio Medical Waste Management * . Part II Solid Waste Management * . Part IlIl Liquid waste Management * .PART 1: SIO M.'EDICAL WASTE %!AN,!.--c-.!XENT *~~~~-- 1.9' ii .. * 1.2.1 The Ministry of Environment & Forests under Section 3 of the Environment Protection Act 1986 has promulgated the Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998. These rules apply to all persons who generate, collect, receive, store, transport, treat, dispose, or handle bio-medical waste in any form. 1.2.2 Wastes generated from Veterinary facilities are categorized as Bio-Medical Wastes under the * Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998 that also provides guidelines for * handling and management of these special categories of waste. The relevant Provisions of the Act are presented below. Bio-Medical Waste Sections 4 & 5: The Department or any other agency running the * (Management and facility generating hazardous waste would be responsible to ensure that * Handling) Rules, 1998 the hazardous wastes are handled, stored, managed and disposed *0 without any adverse impacts. Section 6: The bio-medical waste would be segregated, packed, * t transported and stored as per the details provided. * Section 8: The Department or any other agency would apply for authorization of handling such waste from the Pollution Control Board. * Section12: The Department or any other agency operating any of the * facility should report to the Pollution Control board any accident due the * collection handling and transportation * 1-1 0 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes 1.3 Waste Categories 1.3.1 Biomedical Wastes have been classified under Schedule I of the Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules; 1998.Categories and disposal methods are described in * Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.2. 1.4 Siting of Animal Veterinary Centre * 1.4.1 Siting of the veterinary facilities shall be done as per the norms suggested in ECP Common 2: * Building Activities. * 1.5 Composition of Bio - Medical Wastes in Animal Husbandry * 1.5.1 Components of bio-medical wastes generated by Veterinary Hospitals, Laboratories and * Artificial Insemination Centres are: d . Animal tissues / organs, body parts 0 Laboratory cultures, micro-organisms, toxins Sharps such as hypodermic needles, syringes, scalpels, broken glass . Discarded medicines * Dressings, bandages, plaster casts * Tubes, catheters * 1.6 Principles of Management of Bio - Medical Wastes * 1.6.1 Management of bio-medical wastes requires special efforts and skills. Following are the necessary steps involved. 1. Segregation and labeling of different types of wastes in different categories as specified in the Schedules I and 11 (Refer Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.2& 1.3) of the Bio-Medical Waste (Management * and Handling) Rules 1998 2. Transportation of the segregated material for final treatment and disposal (Appendix ECP AH&VS 0 1.3) 0 3. Processing of different categories of wastes as per treatment options provided in Schedule I * (Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.2) * 1.7 Methods of Treatment and Disposal 1.7.1 Treatment and disposal of bio-medical wastes have been elaborated in Schedule I of the "Bio- Medical Waste (Management and handling) Rules 1998". No single technology, can take care of all categories of bio-medical wastes. Following are some treatment options. (These are * briefly described in Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.4: Treatment methods for Bio-Medical wastes) * (i) Autoclave treatment * (ii) Hydroclave treatment (iii) Microwave treatment (iv) Chemical disinfection and, * (v) Sanitary and secure land filling * Standards for treatment and disposal of bio-medical wastes by the above methods are - * provided in Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.5 1.7.2 Treatment of bio-medical wastes is expensive and it may be better to combine it with a * common treatment facility for Bio-Medical Waste. However as no common facility exists, the * * Bio-medical wastes need to be disinfected as per the process in SCHEDULE I of Bio-Medical * Waste (Management and handling) Rules 1998 and then disposed off with the Municipal Solid Waste. It may be noted that use of such common facility will be limited to final disposal only as these can not be mixed with municipal wastes without first converting them to non- * hazardous state. The generator of the waste shall take steps as to avoid littering of waste * and; delivery of the waste to the municipal collection system. * 1-2 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes 0 1.7.3 Non bio-degradable Bio-medical wastes such as sharps, hypodermic syringes, gloves, Al sheath etc shall be disinfected, shredded and then buried in Municipal Land fills. These may * also be disposed in the pits for Compensatory afforestation program. PART II: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.8 Objectives 1.8.1 Non - hazardous solids wastes are also generated from on farm activities and are mainly * organic in nature. Some quantities of inorganic material are also generated in minor quantity. The objective of solid waste management is to reduce the quantity of solid wastes disposed off on land by recovery of materials and energy from solid waste. The management has two aspects namely, Segregation of solid waste and Biodegradation of organic waste 1.8.2 The objective is also to provide treatment to solid wastes to such an extent, which will stabilize the decomposable organic matter and would not contaminate the surface and ground water. The issue is more pertinent in the context of terrains which have underground waters at shallow depths and which have steep slopes quickly draining storm waters in to rivers. * 1.9 Legislations 1.9.1 Handling of solid wastes falls under the purview of "The Municipal Solid Waste (Management 0 and Handling) Rules 2000 under notification dated 25th September 2000 by MoEF. 1.10 Wastes and its Constituents 1.10.1 Constituents of waste generated from on farm activities are presented in Table 1.2. Table 1.2: Constituents of solid wastes expected from different units Type of unit Product / Activity Constituents of wastes * 1. Pig Breeding Farms Pigs for slaughtering Pig excretions, fodder and rags 2. Duckeries and Poultries Raising of birds Bird droppings, bird food and feathers 3. Artificial Insemination Artificial insemination Glassware, syringes, needles, Centres of animals medical gloves and straws In addition waste fodder, plastic bags and rags are expected to be generated. * 1.11 Management Mechanisms 1.11.1 An effective Waste management system involves (a) Collection and segregation of raw solid 5 wastes, (b) Transportation and, (c) Treatment including resource recovery through processing. 1.11.2 Constituents of wastes generated from farm activities are both organic and inorganic in nature. In addition, some wastes are also under the hazardous category which has already * been discussed above. The first steps therefore consist of segregation of waste. * 1.11.3 Segregation of waste: The objective of solid waste management is to reduce the quantity of * solid waste by recovery of materials and energy from solid waste. It shall be the responsibility 5 of the beneficiary operating such farm to recover maximum quantities of inorganic matter for the purpose of recycling. Plastic materials, polythene bags, glass, and packing materials of paper and other items, which can be recycled, shall be segregated, by sorting and sent for * recycling. * 1.11.4 Handling of Organic matter: For organic matters present in the wastes, controlled * decomposition under aerobic or anaerobic conditions is one of the commonly adopted * methods. Depending upon the situations wastes could also be disposed of through landfills. . 1-3 l ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes * 1.11.5 Composting and Landfills are the common method of treatment depending upon the constituents of wastes from different processing units. There are however new processing * technologies, which are becoming popular. In the context of units under ARIASP, it should be noted that one or more types of wastes may be produced from one unit. For example, some * waste may be obtained from a veterinary hospital, with constituents similar to slaughter house. It will be appropriate to first (a) segregate wastes in each individual unit, (b) combine segregated wastes of same nature from different units of same nature and, (c) provide treatment. Following are the methods commonly adopted for treatment and disposal. * 1.12 Composting * 1.12.1 Animal husbandry facilities under ARIASP are generating wastes suitable for disposal by way of composting'. Pig breeding farms produce wastes, which are decomposable under natural * conditions. 1.12.2 Windrow composting which is done in open paved spaces under aerobic conditions can be adopted for decomposition of waste. As the bio degradable waste generation from these activities are of small quantity, composting is only viable option for waste disposal. These * process is discussed briefly in Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.6. * PART III: LIQUID WASTES 1.13 Liquid Wastes from Pig Farms * 1.13.1 Rural pig breeding farms also fall in the same category as cattle farms except that they are smaller in numbers. However wastewaters are generally not generated mainly because * traditionally, pigs are not kept proper sheds like those for cattle. * 1.13.2 In the urban sector however, maintenance of pig farms is more organized and quantities of wastewaters is not small. Collection and disposal therefore is a necessity. * 1.14 Veterinary Hospitals 1.14.1 Normal activities in veterinary centres include delivery of calves and treatments of various ailments for animals. Presently most of these are carried out in the farm itself. Animals are * brought to veterinary hospitals only for treatment of major ailments requiring surgeries or indoor treatment. * 1.14.2 Small quantities of liquid wastes are generated during veterinary activities. Veterinary hospitals located in town areas discharge effluents into municipal wastewater disposal system. As surgeries are done in such hospitals wastewater may be hazardous and requires pre-treatment before disposal. It shall be the responsibility of the veterinary officer in charge of the Centre to ensure waste- water discharged form surgeries are disinfected before * discharge into the Municipal Sewer. Veterinary activities carried out in villages are scattered and are at local farm level. Wastewaters generated during these activities do not pose major problems of disposal due to the reasons that (a) they are obtained once in a while (b) their volumes are small and (c) activity is scattered. 1.15 Veterinary laboratories 1.15.1 Veterinary laboratories involved in production of vaccines are located in urban centres. Waste water is generated mainly from cleaning, housekeeping and disinfecting activities washing of - * apparatus . Wastewater may also contain some chemicals due to washing of apparatus. 0 D Decomposition and stabilisation of organic waste matter is a natural phenomenon. Composting is an organised method of 0 producing compost manure through decomposition *M=§ 1-4 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes * 1.16 Artificial Insemination Centres a 1.16.1 The scope of Artificial Insemination Centres (AIC) is also limited to both urban and rural areas. Artificial insemination is usually carried out by the staff visiting these farms. In the urban AIC, activity is concentrated at few places where animals are brought for the purpose. * There is a likelihood of increase in this activity in the urban AICs. Insemination is a process, which does not involve much use of water except for washing purposes. Not much wastewater is therefore generated from the activity and the same when carried out in individual households; small quantity of wastewater is disposed off with other wastewaters. At , the AIC, the quantity may be slightly higher due to concentration of the activity. Quality of * wastewaters from Al centres is similar to those from veterinary hospitals. * 1.17 Treatment and disposal of Wastewaters ' * 1.17.1 Wastewaters from animal farms and related establishments are usually mild and not very offensive 2. These wastewaters have lower strengths as compared to municipal sewage as they contain animal excretions only. The BOD5 200 C may vary between 120 to 150 mg / I. For wastewaters from facilities in urban centres no special treatments are required and they could be disposed off in the municipal disposal system. In the absence of municipal sewerage * system, treatment will have to be provided to an extent which will render it suitable for discharge in to rivers. Since the BOD of raw sewage is not high (up to 150), simple treatment method with medium efficiency such as oxidation ponds may be sufficient. 1.17.2 Wastewaters from laboratories may contain small quantities of chemicals and before disposal in to the sewerage system, pre-treatment should be provided as specified in Schedule I of * Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998 of the Government of India as * described in Part I. It shall be the responsibility of the District Veterinary Officer or Veterinary Officer in charge of the facility to ensure that waste water is disposed as per guidelines suggested above. 0 0 I . I * 2 Watisueswandergas bforom vtheriay eneheosewerals, Alycetersadlbrtremo.oaehgotnsfogncmten 0 osqetyteBDmyb esa oprdt uiia eae hsi ujc ocleto n eoa faia 0~~~tsusadogn eoe hyetrteswrg ytm 0 - ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes 0 * Clause 1.4.1 * H _ Guidelines for siting are in ECP Building Activities Planning, Principles and Claus t.5.1 Composition of Waste Classification based on Conmposibon of Bio-Medical Wastes * * a a X Clause 1.6.1 * v |~~~~~ Management ol Wastes _ 2 _ * J . Clause 1.7.t :;i a . _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Categories wvise Methods of Trcatmcnt * < !; 3jl, Method of Treatment and Disposal Clause 1.7.2 & 1.7.3 5 _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Final disposal of Bio-Medical Waste in * 3t i ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Common Facility _ . W ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clause 1.10.| Waste Constituent and I Management Mechanism Constituents of Waste * Y z * > . i - [ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clause 1.1t1.3| * 3 . i l ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Segregation of waste In 0 * ~~~~~~~~~ ; a M _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clause 1.11.4 Method of Treatment and Handling d rganic Waste * ffi Disposal s 0 s | | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Ctaus 1.12. * |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Comoosting Technologies I _ _ Charactedstics of Pg Fams and its * " f WastesPig Farmsandits Constituents & * ¢ z Si ~ ~~~~ Composition of wastes *6 _ Clause 1.14, 1.15 & 1.16 0; Existing Locations and Waste Profile *I- 2 " of Vetennary Services * ; iu t ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Clause t.17 Treatment and Disposal of Treatment ad Disposal mechanism of Wastes farm Wastes 0 *10 0 1 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes 0 _ ANNEXURE ECP AtI&VS I.IPROJECT INFORMATION DOCUMENT VETERINitRY IIOSPITAIJDISPENSARY/ARTIFICItL INSEMINATION CENTRE * | District l l Block * { Village 1. Type of Facility Veterinary Hospital A I Centre Veterinary Laboratory Poultry Farm Piggery Farm * 2. Distance of the Facility from: i) Sensitive Location National parks, | m NA Sanctuaries,. | m NA Ramsar sites, m NA Grade I Beels, | m NA Bio sphere reserves, . m | NA * Classified Forests m NA Habitation m NA * Water Channel m NA * 3. Scale of Operation i)Veterinary Hospital & Artificial Insemination centre nos of animals per annum ii) Veterinary Laboratory nos of vaccines produced * iii) Poultry Farm nos of birds I & iv) Piggery Farm _ _ nos of animals 4. Area of the Facility sqm 5. Area for Waste storage identified sqm * 6. Distance from the nearest water channel from m waste storage facility * 7. In case of Poultry Activity * i) Direction of the Settlement in relation to the proposed site * | N I NE I E SE S SW W NW ~ * ii) Normal direction of the wind * | N I NE I E SE S SW W NW * iii)Direction of the wind during winter season * | N NE E SE S SW W NW 0 1-7 0 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes e APPENDIX ECP AH&VS 1.2: CATEGORY WISE DISPOSAL METHODS OF BIO-MEDICAL WASTES e Options Waste Categories Treatment and Disposal Category Animal Waste: Animal tissues, organs, body parts, Incineration (without any No. 2 carcasses, bleeding parts, fluid, blood, experimental chemical pretreatment) or * animals used in research, waste generated by deep burial * veterinary hospitals, colleges, discharges from hospitals and animal houses Category Microbiology and Biotechnology waste: Wastes from Local autoclaving or Micro - No. 3 laboratory cultures, stocks or specimens of waving or Incineration microorganisms live or attenuated vaccines, human and (without any chemical * animal cell culture used in research and infectious pretreatment) agents from research laboratories, wastes from * production of biologicals, toxins, dishes and devices -S used for transfer cultures Category Waste Sharps: Needles, syringes, scalpels, blades, Disinfection by chemical No. 4 glass that may cause puncture and cuts. This includes treatment, Autoclaving, * both used and unused sharps Microwaving and Mutilation shredding * Category Discarded Medicines and Cytotoxic drugs: Wastes Incineration (without any No. 5 comprising of outdated, contaminated and discarded chemical pretreatment) or medicines Destruction and drugs * disposal in secured landfills Category Solid Wastes : Items contaminated with blood and Incineration (without any No. 6 body fluids including cotton, dressings, soiled plaster chemical pretreatment) or * casts and lines Autoclaving or Micro- waving Category Solid Wastes : Wastes generated from disposable Disinfection by chemical No. 7 items other than the waste sharps such as tubings, treatment, Autoclaving, catheters, intravenous sets Micro-waving and Mutilation shredding * Category Liquid Wastes : Wastes generated from laboratory Disinfection by chemical No. 8 washings, cleaning, housekeeping and disinfecting treatment (using 1 % activities hypochlorite solution or * equivalent reagent ensuring disinfection) and * discharge in to drainage ___________________________________________________ system _ Category Incinerator Ash : Ash from incinerator of bio-medical Disposal in municipal * No. 9 waste landfill Category Chemical Waste: Chemicals used in production of Chemical treatment (using No. 10 biologicals and disinfections such as insecticides 1 % hypo chlorite solution * or equivalent reagent ensuring disinfection) and discharge in to drains for * liquids and landfills for solids 0- . . * f~i 1-8 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes * Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.3 LABEL FOR BIO-MEDICAL WASTE CONTAINERS/BAGS & * TRANSPORT * SCHEDULE III (see Rule 6) 3L9HAL..r4n WIHfAOL Cr E tT'V(IC -.\L S' * oNon e I * HANDLE WITH CARE Note: Lable shall be non-washable and prominently visible. .0=§ - ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes SCHEDULE IV . (see Rule 6) * LABEL FOR TRANSPORT OF BIO-MEDICAL WASTE CONTAINERS/BAGS * Day . Month. Year. Date of generation . 0 - 0 Waste category No . * Waste class * Waste description . . Sender's Name & Address Receiver's Name & Address * Phone No ........ Phone No * Telex No .... Telex No * Fax No ............... Fax No Contact Person ........Contact Person Person. In case of emergency please contact * Name & Address: . * Phone No. . Note: * Label shall be non-washable and prominently visible. & -0 0 . ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes 0 0 * APPENDIX ECP AH&VS 1.4-MANAGEMENT OF BIO-MEDICAL WASTE (a) Autoclave treatment: This is a process of steam sterilization under pressure. In this process steam is * brought in to direct contact with the waste material for duration sufficient for disinfections. (b) Hydroclave treatment: This is also a steam sterilization process and an innovation over the autoclave. The equipment consists of a double walled container and the steam is injected in to the outer chamber. The material is contained in the inner chamber and due to heat from steam, moisture content evaporates. 0 Puddles inside slowly rotate material against steam heated walls and loses moisture. The treated material * can then be shredded up. (c) Microwave treatment: This is also a wet thermal disinfections system with the difference that instead of 0 heating the entire chamber, microwave heats the targeted material from inside out, and provides a high level * of disinfections. (d) Chemical disinfections: This treatment is recommended for waste sharps, solid wastes and chemical - * wastes. Chemical treatment involves use of at least 1 % hypochlorite solution or other equivalent chemical reagents with a minimum contact period of 30 minutes. Pre - shredding is recommended for better contact * with the waste materials. * (e) Sanitary and secured land filling: Sanitary and secured land filling should be done under following circumstances. * (i) Deep burial of animal parts where incineration is not available. * (ii) Animal excretions (iii) Disposal of autoclaved wastes * (iv) Disposal of incinerated ash C (v) Disposal of sharps such as needles and syringes - . . i . . . 0 S 1-1 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes - * Appendix ECP AH&VS 1.5: STANDARDS FOR TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF BIO-MEDICAL WASTES SCHEDULE V (see Rule 5 and Schedule 1) 1. STANDARDS FOR WASTE AUTOCLAVING: * The autoclave should be dedicated for the purposes of disinfecting and treating bio-medical waste, (I) When operating a gravity flow autoclave, medical waste shall be subjected to: (i) a temperature of not less than 121 C' and pressure of 15 pounds per square inch (psi) for an autoclave residence time of not less than 60 minutes; or (ii) a temperature of not less than 135 C° and a pressure of 31 psi for an autoclave residence time of not less than 45 minutes; or * (iii) a temperature of not less than 149 C° and a pressure of 52 psi for an autoclave * residence time of not less than 30 minutes. (II) When operating a vacuum autoclave, medical waste shall be subjected to a minimum of * one pre-vacuum pulse to purge the autoclave of all air. The waste shall be subjected to the * following: (i) a temperature of not less than 121 C° and pressure of 15 psi per an autoclave residence time of not less than 45 minutes; or * (ii) a temperature of not less than 135 C° and a pressure of 31 psi for an autoclave residence time of not less than 30 minutes; * (III) Medical waste shall not be considered properly treated unless the time, temperature and 0 pressure indicators indicate that the required time, temperature and pressure were reached during the autoclave process. If for any reasons, time temperature or pressure indicator indicates that the required temperature, pressure or residence time was not reached, the entire load of medical waste must be autoclaved again until the proper temperature, pressure and residence time were achieved. * (IV) Recording of operational parameters * Each autoclave shall have graphic or computer recording devices, which will automatically, and continuously monitor and record dates, time of day, load identification number and operating parameters throughout the entire length of the autoclave cycle. - * (V) Validation test * Spore testing: * The autoclave should completely and consistently kill the approved biological indicator at the * maximum design capacity of each autoclave unit. Biological indicator for autoclave shall be 0 13 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1-12 ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes S * Bacillus stearothermophilus spores using vials or spore Strips; with at least 1X104 spores per * millilitre. Under no circumstances will an autoclave have minimum operating parameters less * than a residence time of 30 minutes, regardless of temperature and pressure, a temperature less than 121 Co or a pressure less than 15 psi. * (VI) Routine Test A chemical indicator strip/tape the changes colour when a certain temperature is reached can * be used to verify that a specific temperature has been achieved. It may be necessary to use * more than one strip over the waste package at different location to ensure that the inner * content of the package has been adequately autoclaved 2. STANDARDS OF MICROWAVING 1 Microwave treatment shall not be used for cytotoxic, hazardous or radioactive wastes, * contaminated animal car casses, body parts and large metal items. * 2. The microwave system shall comply with the efficacy test/routine tests and a performance * guarantee may be provided by the supplier before operation of the limit. * 3. The microwave should completely and consistently kill the bacteria and other pathogenic organisms that is ensured by approved biological indicator at the maximum design capacity of each microwave unit. Biological indicators for microwave shall be Bacillus Subtilis spores i using vials or spore strips with at least 1 x 101 spores per milliliter. i 3. STANDARDS FOR DEEP BURIAL * 1. A pit or trench should he dug about 2 meters deep. It should be half filled with waste, then * covered with lime within 50 cm of the surface, before filling the rest of the pit with soil. 2. It must be ensured that animals do not have any access to burial sites. Covers of galvanised iron/wire meshes may be used. 3. On each occasion, when wastes are added to the pit, a layer of 10 em of soil shall be added to cover the wastes. * 4. Burial must be performed under close and dedicated supervision. * 5. The deep burial site should be relatively impermeable and no shallow well should be close to the site. 6. The pits should be distant from habitation, and sited so as to ensure that no contamination - * occurs of any surface water or ground water. The area should not be prone to flooding or * erosion. * 7. The location of the deep burial site will be authorised by the prescribed authority. * 8. The institution shall maintain a record of all pits for deep burial. - *17, 1-13 I* ECP AH&VS 1: Management of Bio-Medical, Solid & Liquid Wastes * APPENDIX ECP AH&VS 1.6-MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE * (a) Vermi - composting Vermi - composting involves stabilization of organic solid waste through earthworm consumption which 0 converts the material in to worm castings. It is a result of combined activity of microorganisms and earthworms. Microbial decomposition of biodegradable matter occurs through primary decomposition, whereas secondary decomposition occurs in the earthworm tract. * (b) Biogas from solid wastes During the anaerobic decomposition of organic matter in the solid waste, a gaseous mixture of Methane and Carbon Dioxide known as biogas could be produced. The system is becoming popular in rural areas and more and more household or community level biogas plants are being installed. There are some drawbacks as well. These are described below. * * Emission of methane takes place from the waste storage * Emission of gas takes place in the form of leaks from plant * Contamination occurs from the disposal of digested mafter * Harmful emissions from burning of gas * There are risks of fire and accidents * There is the nuisance of flies and mosquitoes (c) Conversion of solid wastes to protein * Experiments have established that under aerobic conditions, it is possible to convert the insoluble cellulose present in municipal solid waste to cellulite bacteria. These bacteria are then harvested for use S as protein. The process involves size reduction followed by a mild alkaline oxidation treatment before * aerobic oxidation. . I *0 - 1-1 S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ : - 0 C ar :O an 0 oenetolAsm ni 0 sa giutr ;F r S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~uy20 ECP Dairy 1. On Farm Waste Management * 1.1 General 1.1.1 Rural farm project activities encourage formation of Diary Co-operatives and self help groups * for increasing milk productions. During the activities, liquid waste, solid wastes and some quantities of Bio-medical wastes are generated. Current practices of waste disposal are * unorganised resulting in environmental degradation of surface water bodies. This Code lays emphasis of proper practices of waste management and consists of two parts namely, * * Part I: Solid Waste Management * 0 . Part II: Bio-Medical Waste Management * 1.1.2 The ECP shall apply to all dairy farmers and professionals except for those having more than * 15 hybrid animal or are located within 1 km of National Park, Sanctuaries, Ramsar sites and * Reserved or classified forests. In addition, projects classified as having "Medium Impacts" * based on the infOrmation furnished in the Project Information Document presented as Appendix Dairy 1.1. * PART I: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT * 1.2 Siting of Dairy & Waste management Facility * 1.2.1 The siting guidelines for dairy farm are presented in ECP Common2: Building Activities. * 1.3 Waste & its Constituents 1.3.1 Constituents of Waste generated from on farm activities are Animal excretions, fodder, plastic bags etc. Animal excretion is a major constituent of the waste and other components are only * generated in small quantity. * 1.4 Waste Management System * 1.4.1 An effective Waste management system involves (a) Collection of raw solid wastes, (b) Biodegradation of organic waste * 1.5 Collection of Solid Waste * 1.5.1 The beneficiary shall ensure that maximum quantity of solid waste is collected and stored in an area that it does not flow into any drainage channel or water body. * In case of large dairy1 to estimate capacity of the solid waste storage facility was required is presented in Box 1-1. * Box 1-1: Sizing a Dairy Waste Storage Facility... I) Mutiply the suggested2 daily excretion per animal by the number of animals on te farm to . determine daily waste storage volume required. * ii) Multiply the total daily storage volume by the required storage duration (90 to 120 days) to obtain * the total storage capacity required. This calculation is shown in Example below. * EXAMPLE Assumptions: 15 milking cow herd produdng 200.kg waste per day, waste storage fadlity to be roofed * desire 4 months (120 days) storage S 1 Dairy with less than 5 cattle head will be considered as small dairy, Dairy with 5-15 cattle head shall be considered as medium dairy, large dairy have more than 15 cattle head *' 1-1 * ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management _ * (Daily Waste Production) x Storage Period= Total Waste Production Requiring Storage 200kg/day x 120 days = 24000 kg Converting to Imperial units (24000 kg x 35.3 ft3)/(1000kg) = 850 ft3 say 850 cubic feet 1.5.2 A management measures required for storage of waste in areas where rainfall is more than * 800 mm or water table is below 20 m precautions are as follows: * Long term storage by stockpiling wastes on direct ground is not recommended . located at least 20 m from any surface water body or any drinking water source; . covered during the monsoon season/rains to prevent runoffs 1.5.3 It is recommended for small and medium dairy earthen storage structure while for large dairy concrete storage structures shall be used for storage. The details of each of the structure are presented in Box 1-2. * Earthen Storages. Earthen storages are for semi-solid manure storage should in addition to the criteria specified in * Clause 1.6.2the following criterla should be: Structurally sound * have a impendous floor _ be lined with an impervious mateial. Concrete Storages. Storages built with concrete struure shotld In addition to the citeria in Clause 1,6.2: * a structurally sound have reinforced concrete walls; * have a concrete floor which is sealed to the walls; _ be constructed enbrely above ground to minimize seepage of groundwater into the structure; _ * be roofed to keep out rain; and * * be well ventilated d 1.5.4 Odour Control: To control offensive odour the following measures shall be adopted: . Handle solid Manure in as dry state as possible . Remove wet manure and feed from dairy building as soon as possible . Water from floor washing should not be allowed to stagnate. * 1.6 rechnique of Disposal of Waste * 1.6.1 The matrix below presents area required for different treatment methods for different categories of dairy farmers. The Details of the methods of treatment of waste are presented * as Appendix ECP Dairy 1.3 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 0 _______________ _ __ _ * ~~~~~~Small 70 20 | 5 3 * Medium 70-200 50 20 8 * La____rge 200-400 100 40 10 * 1.7 Storage and Disposal of Waste in Peri-urban3 Dairies * 1.7.1 Peri-Urban dairies can be classified as large dairies. Shortage of space is common in almost all peri-urban dairies. The premise accommodates the stalls for cattle, storage areas for feeds and also housing quarters for the proprietor, workers and family. Waste generated is dumped 0 2 As per the standards for a farm unit of 3 cattle heads 40 kg of solid waste is generated per day. 3 Dairies located in the periphery of Class I towns and Class 11 towns as decided by the respective urban authority or development authority. 1-2 0 ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management * into sewer lines. Pre-requisites for inclusion of large and medium peri-urban dairies are * presented in BOX 1.3 0 * . Shall not be locatd upwind to any settlement . Shall not be located in low lying area * . Shall be located at least 50 m from any natural water body or any drainage channel or drinking water source 0 Shall have adequate space for housing of cattle * Shall construct concrete waste storage of appropriate capacity as described above . Shall have designated storage area for storage of feed and fodder away from milking area 0 or the residential area. . Shall have adequate supply of clean drinking water. * . Shall have separate storage area for feed, animals. i i * Residential quarters shall not be used as storage facilities and shall be at a minimum distance of 15 from any of the facility. * . Shall have adequate access facility. * PART II: BIO-MEDICAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT * 1.8 General * 1.8.1 Bio - Medical Wastes from the on farm activities are generated during Veterinary activities * carried out at the farm level. Visits of Veterinary Doctors to cattle farms and small dairy farms in rural areas for treatment of minor ailments of animals are common. Artificial insemination is also carried out at the farm and straws etc generated are disposed along with ordinary * refuse at the farm. Placenta obtained as a result of calf delivery at farm itself is also buried * nearby. Animal treatments result in generation of wastes consisting of viols, syringes etc which are usually dumped in the backyard along with other refuse. Present practice of primary treatment of waste at farm is not sufficient. 1.9 Legislations 1.9.1 The Ministry of Environment & Forest under Section 3 of the Environment Protection Act 1986 has promulgated the Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998. These * rules apply to all persons who generate, collect, receive, store, transport, treat, dispose, or * handle bio-medical waste in any form. The relevant Provisions of the Act are presented in Box * 1-5. * * 7 Sections 4 & 5: The Departrent or any other agency running the fadlity generating hazardous * ~~~~~waste would be responsible to ensure that the hazardous wastes are handled, stored, managed and. disposed witout any adverse Impacts. * Section 6: The bio-medical waste would be segregated, packed, transported and stDred as per the * details provided. Secton 8: The Department or any other agency would apply for authorization of the handling such * waste from the Pollution Control Board. Sectlon12: The Department or any other agency operating any of the fadlity should report to the . Pollution Control board any accident due the collection handling and transportation S 1.10 Waste Categories 1.10.1 Biomedical Wastes have been classified under Schedule I of the Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules; 1998.Categories and disposal methods are Appendix ECP Dairy 1.2 . 1-3 S ~ LA- ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management * 1.10.2 Components of bio-medical wastes generated by on farm activities include, (i) Placenta, (ii) * Sharps such as hypodermic needles, syringes, scalpels and broken glass, (iii) Viols of used and discarded medicines and, (iv) Dressings, bandages and plaster casts. 1.11 Methods of Treatment and Disposal 1.11.1 Wastes generated on farms are of two categories namely (i) Decomposable matter such as placenta, body parts and organs of animals and (ii) Non- biodegradable wastes like needles, syringes etc. . Decomposable wastes are to be treated in 1% hypo chlorite solution and buried on site as per the * Schedule V of Bio medical waste handling rules 1998. 0 The non-biodegradable wastes can be disinfected on site and disposed. Alternatively, it can be carried to the Al center and disposed off at the common disposal point as per Schedule I of Bio - * Medical waste and handling rules 1998 * 1.11.2 Segregation of Waste: The beneficiary shall ensure Segregation and labeling of different * types of wastes in different categories as specified in the Schedules I and II of the Bio- * Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998 * 1.11.3 Treatment of Waste: For on farm dairy producers, incineration of farm medical waste is not possible. The farmers or AI officers shall consider the following: * The placenta of the animals shall be disposed on site through a deep burial by disinfecting it in 1% * hypochlorite solution. * . The Sharps such as hypodermic needles, syringes, scalpels and broken glass shall be disinfected and reduced in surface area through shredding. The waste is than disposed on site by the farmers or shall be carried by the AI officers to the AI centres and disposed at common disposal point. The * disinfected and shredded material can be put in the pit of the plant during the afforestation programs . The farmers shall dispose viols of used and discarded medicines after disinfecting. If the quantum * of the discarded medicines and voils is more than 20-25kg per month the AI officers shall suggest * the assistance for the appropriate and safe disposal. * 1.11.4 The dressings, bandages and plaster casts generated on farm shall be disinfected and then * disposed. * . The Directorate of Dairy Development and Department of Animal Husbandry and Veterinary Sciences shall educate farmers on about the adverse impacts of present system and the benefits of the proposed systems. The users are also to be informed * about:. that adopting the disposal system with biogas production would attract subsidy * from the Government of India. * . Methods of disinfecting and disposing bio-medical waste. * 1-4 !0 ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management 0 0 -' °6 O | Siting of Farm & Waste | Clause 1.2 *fi c Collection & Treatment * z c ffi Facilities Siting Guidelines Collection and Storage of I l Clause 1.5 Waste Guidelines for Collection & *OldStorage of Waste * F- . - . [ Clause 1.6 Disposal of Waste r * >_ ¢ zj . Techniques of Disposal *i F fl 1 | Clause 1.7 _ i Per Urban Dairies I _ c_________________________ _ . . .Guidelines for planning 0 G - 7 . . . _ . delines for storage and Disposal of Waste * S g ;0 * wit'. ' . * 6 3 {at | Treatment & Disposal of of Clause1.11 Waste Methods of Treatment and _ - - Disposal of Waste * t 1 01 S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management * APPENDIX ECP DAIRY 1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION DOCUMENT * DAIRY FARM AND WASTE NIANAGEMENT 0 Namiie of Imldivi(iiallConiiiiiittee _ _- * District Block Village _trea Provide a location map of the area showing important landmarks and sensitive features. * 1 .Size of Hatchery . S la. Number of Hybrid Cattle lb. Number of local breed cattle? lc. Area of the Dairy farm? 2. Distance of the Facility from: * i) Sensitive Location National parks, m N A - Sanctuaries,. m NA Ramsar sites, |m | NA * Grade I Beels, m NA * Bio sphere reserves, m NA Classified Forests m NA * Habitation |m | NA Water Channel m NA Natural Water body * Prevenlant Wind Direction Direction of the Settlement in relation to the proposed site * ~~~N INE IE SE s SW w NW * Normal direction of the wind N I NE I E SE S SW W NW * Direction of the wind during winter season * | N I NE I E I SE S SW W NW * Distance of waste storage facility from natural waterbody Discharge point of liquid waste generated * ~~~River/ stream Beels/pond Land Stagnant Water Sewer/drains 1-6 ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management * APPENDIX ECP DAIRY 1.2: CATEGORY WISE DISPOSAL METHODS OF BIO-MEDICAL WASTES * Options Waste Categories Treatment and Disposal Category Animal Waste: Animal tissues, organs, body parts, Incineration (without any No. 2 carcasses, bleeding parts, fluid, blood, experimental chemical pretreatment) or animals used in research, waste generated by deep burial veterinary hospitals, colleges, discharges from hospitals and animal houses Category Waste Sharps: Needles, syringes, scalpels, blades, Disinfection by chemical No. 4 glass that may cause puncture and cuts. This includes treatment, Autoclaving, both used and unused sharps Microwaving and Mutilation shredding * Category Discarded Medicines and Cytotoxic drugs: Wastes Incineration (without any No. 5 comprising of outdated, contaminated and discarded chemical pretreatment) or medicines Destruction and drugs * disposal in secured landfills * Category Solid Wastes : Items contaminated with blood and Incineration (without any No. 6 body fluids including cotton, dressings, soiled plaster chemical pretreatment) or casts and lines Autoclaving or Microwaving * Category Solid Wastes : Wastes generated from disposable Disinfection by chemical No. 7 items other than the waste sharps such as tubings, treatment, Autoclaving, catheters, intravenous sets Microwaving and Mutilation shredding . . . 0 : 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 0 0* i31-7 ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management * Appendix ECP Dairy 1.3: Methods of Treatment of Solid Waste Composting: The compost can be prepared in the concrete or earthen tank. The size of tank shall * be 3ft wide, 2.0-3.0ft high and 5ft in length (length is a variable parameter and can vary depending * upon availability of raw materials) (Figure 1-1). The methods of preparation of compost are as * follows: * The available bio wastes are to be collected in the storage tank and allowed to decompose in the aerobic conditions by rotating it 2 to 3 times a day. * Sprinkling of water should be done as and when necessary to maintain 70-80% moisture content. * * Provision of a shed is essential to prevent entry of rain water and direct sunshine. * Sprinkling of water should be stopped when 80-90 per cent bio wastes is decomposed. Maturity could be judged visually by observing the formation of granular structure of the compost at the 0 surface of tank. * Vermicomposting: The compost can be prepared in concrete tank. The size of the tank should be * 3ft wide, 1.5-2.0ft high and 5ft in length. Figure 1-2 shows the plan and section of the compost site * and compost pit. The methods for preparation of compost are as follows: * The available bio wastes are to be collected and heaped under sun for about 7 to 10 days and chopped if necessary. * * Sprinkling of cow dung slurry to the heap may also be done. * * A thin layer of surface soil/sand (1-2 inch) is to be placed at the bottom of the tank. * * Fine bedding material such as partially decomposed cow dung/ dried leaves etc are to be placed over the soil or sand layer. * Place the chopped weed biomass and partially decomposed cow dung layer wise (10-20 cm * thickness) in the tank. The bio waste and cow dung ratio should be 60:40 on dry weight basis. * Release about 2-3kg earthworms of efficient species like eisenia foetida, Amyanthes diffringens, Eurdrillus eugineae etc over the mixture. * Dry straw or thatch is to be placed over the compost * Sprinkling of water should be done as and when necessary to maintain 70-80% moisture content. * Provision of a shed is essential to prevent entry of rain water and direct sunshine. * Sprinkling of water should be stopped when 80-90 per cent bio wastes is decomposed. Maturity could be judged visually by observing the formation of granular structure of the compost at the surface of tank. Bio-Gas: Organic matter, such as cow dung, crop residue and kitchen waste is fermented in the * absence of oxygen, biogas is generated which contains combustible methane (around 60% ) along * with carbon dioxide, and traces of other gases. The slurry of biogas plant after the gas is produced, can be used as an organic manure in the fields to augment soil fertility. Thus, biogas technology * produces fuel as well as fertilizer, while only one of these is possible if dung is used in its original * form. Biogas production is a chemical process occurring in stages during which different bacteria * act upon the organic matter resulting in the formation of methane and acids. The main factors that influence biogas production are: pH (level of acidity) of the feedstock : It is well established that a biogas plant works * optimally at pH level of 7 or just above (neutral solution) temperature : a temperature of around 350 C. In low temperatures, bacteria activity slows down resulting in substantial decrease in gas generation, ceasing completely below 100C. L * 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-8 ECP Dairy 1: On Farm Waste Management * Carbon-nitrogen ratio of the feed material: should be in the range of 20:1 to 30:1. Cowdung has a C-N ratio of 25:1 and is considered ideal for maximum gas production. d Solid concentration in the feed material is also crucial to ensure sufficient gas d production, as well as easy mixing and handling ;8-10% of total solids is the normal value required. d Cowdung has a solid concentration of about 20% and therefore, it is recommended that dung and water are mixed in a 1:1 ratio to attain the desired level of solids. One kilogram of dung produces about 40 litres of biogas. A family size biogas plant (two cubic meters) requires 50 * kg of dung and equal amount of water to produce 2000 litre of gas per day. Hydraullic Retention time (HRT)4 is the most impaotant factor governing the size of the Bio-Gas Plant. In India, the different HRTs are recommended for three different temperature * zones. Zone Average ambient HRT (days) Approximate regions * ~~~~temperature Andhra Pradesh, Goa, Karnataka, Ketala, * I >200C 30 Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Pondicherry and * ________ Andaman & Nicobar Islands Bihar, Gujrat,Haryana, Jammu region of J&K, * _ II 15-200C 40 Madhya Pradesh, Orrisa, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar * ___________________ Pradesh and West Bengal *III < 150C 55 Himanchal Pradesh, North-eastern states, Sikkim, * lII <150C Kashmir region of J&K, and hill districts of UP . . . 0 - 4 the number of days the feed material is required to remain in the digester to begin gas production is defined as the Hydraulfic _ ~~~Retention time, which in turn determines the cost of the plant; the larger the retention period, higher the construction cost. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1_9 | | | | |~ ~ ~~~ U- lU, rc a . 0 - I- U 01] r * 1 t'EA IDairy 2. Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * * 2.1 General * 2.1.1 The Directorate of Dairy Development envisages implementation of following projects as part * of AACP, (i) Organization of Self Help Groups/District Co-operative Societies for dairy farming * in the most potential districts of Assam, (ii) Strengthening of milk testing laboratories, * processing and marketing of milk and, (iii) Capacity building through increased awareness, information dissemination, training to officers and implementation of a Management * Information System. There are adverse impacts from the proposed projects due to the * activities such as processing of dairy products, slaughtering and processing of meat. This * code of practice shall provide information on the methods of treatment and disposal of * wastes from these processing plants. It shall also provide inputs on the selection of the appropriate treatment methods. Detailed designs for the same however shall have to be done on a case-to-case basis. PART I: LIQUID WASTE MANAGEMENT * 2.2 Legislations * 2.2.1 Provision of the Legislations and Government orders that are applicable to the processing plants are detailed in table 2.1. * Table 2.1: Relevant Legislations for Processing Plants * Relevant Acts Briefs of Provisions in Acts Water (Prevention & Control of Section 25 & 26: Provisions for obtaining consent to establish and operate * Pollution) Act, 1974 Air (Prevention and control of Section 22: Provisions for obtaining consent to establish and operate any pollution) Act 1981 unit emitting air pollutants The Environment (Protection) Act Section 7: Person or industry carrying out operation shall not allow emission 1986 or discharge of environmental pollutant in excess of the standards * Section 8: Person handling hazardous substances to comply with procedural * safeguards Bio - medical Wastes Section 8:The operator of the meat processing plant will obtain consent for (Management & Handling) Rules operation. 1998 2.3 Standards of Discharge 2.3.1 Process effluents must be treated according to the standards as specified in Schedule II of the Environment Protection Rules 1986. The effluent standards are shown in Table 2.2. *2 * @ ' 2-1 * | ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * Table 2.2: Effluent Standards for Dairy and Meat Processing Facilities as per Environment * Protection Act 1986 Industry Parameter Standard (mg/1) Quantum per product 0 f (mg/I) ~~~~~~~~~~~~Processed * Dairy pH 6.5-8.5 * BOD5' at 20°C 100 Suspended 150 Solids2 * Oil & Grease 10 * Waste Water - 3 m3 per KI of milk Genaration * Meat Proce ssing * Raw Meat BOD5 at 200 C 30 form Own Suspended 50 * Slaughter Soilids * House Oil & Grease 10 * 2.4 Wastewaters and their Constituents * 2.4.1 Liquid wastes in dairy processing result from (a) rinsing and washing of cans, tanks or drums, * equipment, pipelines and floors and, (b) overflows, spillage and leakages from pumps and equipment. Effluents obtained from washing are sometimes alkaline due to use of washing * soda or detergents. 2.4.2 Quantities of effluent generated vary3 depending on the process adopted for treating and packaging milk.The effluents are high in dissolved organic matter, mainly protein fat and * lactose that are not easily digested. Strengths of these wastes depend upon types of * processing and method of collection. Grease and fats are generated in the form of wastes but * they are usually collected in traps inside the dairy plant only and used for other purposes. Milk processing units may have a high concentration of wastes with pH of 7.5, BOD 1000, * COD 2500, total solids 2000 and suspended solids up to 700. 2.4.3 Abattoirs and meat processing units generate effluents from washing of (i) livestock (ii) trucks carrying live animal and carcass, (iii) carcasses, (iv) equipment and process areas. Rate of * water consumption could vary from 2000 to 15000 litres per tonne of live carcass weight. * Abattoir effluents contain high levels of organic matter due to presence of manure, blood and fat. The most significant contributor to organic load is blood followed by fat. Sometimes small quantities of effluents may also be obtained from boiler houses, water softening plants or * cooling plants. Processing plants generate wastes of different strengths. Strength ranges of * these are indicated in Table 2.3. BOD may be made stringent upto 30 mg/i if the recipient fresh water body is a source of drinking water supply. BOD shall be upto 350 mg/l for chilling plant for applying on land provided land is designed and operated as a secondary ttreatment with suitable monitoring facilities. Drainage woter from land after secondary treatment has to satisfy a limit of 30 mg/l of BOD and 10 , * mg/i of nitrates expressed as 'N'. The net adition to ground water quality should not be than 3 mg/l of BOD and 3 mg/l of nitrate expressed as N'. This limit for applying on land is allowed subject to availability of adequate land for discharge under control of industry, BOD valsue is relaxable upto 350 mg/I, provided waste water is discharged into town sewer leading to secondary treatment of sewage. 2 Suspended soild limit is relaxableupto 450 mg/I, provided the waste water is discharged into town sewer leading to secondary * treatment of the sewage. Quantities of effluents from dairies in India vary from about 6 to 10 litres per litre of milk processed depending upon process used, though in efficiently run plants abroad, these quantities are known to be smaller (1.3 to 2 5 litres / kg of milk intake) * 2-2 ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * Table 2.3: Strengths of Waste Water from Processing Plants * Parameter Mixed Species Dairy Processing Abattoir * COD (mg/1) 1000 - 3000 2500 _____ Suspended Solids (mg/1) 400 - 800 700 Total Nitrogen (mg/1) <300 100 * Total Phosphorous (mg/l) <10 30 Oil & Grease (fat) (mg/I) <350 150 _ PH 7 - 8.5 7.5 Source: Cleaner Production Assessment in Meat Processing, Cleaner Production Assessment in Dairy Processing, UNEP. * 2.5 Inventorization of Wastes * 0 2.5.1 For planning a wastewater disposal system, initially an inventory of effluent characteristics * and topographic information is required * Effluent Charecteristics: Quantities of wastewater and variations of flow shall be required. Projections of flow quantities shall have to be made for the design period. In case of existing units samples of effluents from various units shall have to be collected and analysed. * Separate and composite samples during lean and peak flows shall be required for this * purpose to correctly determine the organic and other loads. * Topographical Information: These include collection of topographical hydraulic and other * information. Topographical surveys need to be carried out for determining appropriate * location of the plant which would also decide whether wastewaters from different units will flow in to the treatment plant by gravity or pumping. These surveys will also help in * identification of the route and point of ultimate disposal of treated effluent. 2.6 Options of Treatment 2.6.1 Options of treatment of wastewaters from dairy or meat processing plant are limited because strengths of these are high and discharge standards are stringent. The choice narrows down * further in Assam, as possibility of disposal of effluents on land after treatment is rare. The * reasons are, (i) rainfall occurs for almost for 8 months during which treated effluent can not * be utilized for irrigation and, (ii) existence of large number of streams which will wash away any treated effluents disposed off on land and quickly pass these to the rivers. In all probabilities therefore, treated effluents are likely to flow in to the rivers. Thus application of * the effluents on land shall not be feasible. Treatment therefore must be provided to meet discharge standards specified above. , * 2.7 Consent to Establish and Operate | * 2.7.1 The operator of the plant shall obtain consent to establish and operate the effluent treatment | * plant under the provisions of Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. Forms for * U applying for Consents under the Water (prevention and Control of Pollution ) Act 1974 is presented as Appendix ECP Dairy 2.1) 2.8 Selection of treatment method 2.8.1 Selection of effluent treatment system shall be undertaken by a technically qualified person e.g environment engineer. 2.8.2 Wastewaters obtained from dairy or meat-processing units shall require primary and secondary treatments. These wastes do not contain toxic and heavy metals and compounds 0 * and as such tertiary treatment for their removal is not required. Operations and functions of i * _ different units during the treatment operations are summarized in Table 2.4. 50t} 2-3 ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs Table 2.4: Unit Processes and devices for Treatment of Wastewaters * S. Operations Units Functions No. Primary Treatmen Its 1. Screening |Screens Removal of floating and l___ _____________ ___________________ suspended matter * 2. Grit removal Grit chamber Removal of inorganic suspended _______________________________________ ,solids 3. Primary Primary Sedimentation Tanks Removal of organic and inorganic * . Sedimentations | settleable solids A Secondary Treatments * 4 Aerobic biological Activated sludge process units, Conversion of colloidal, dissolved (a) suspended growth waste stabilization ponds, aerated and residual suspended organic processes lagoons matter in to settleable biofloc , * .__ and stable inorganics 4 Aerobic biological Trickling filter, rotating biological Conversion of colloidal, dissolved (b). attached growth contactor and residual suspended organic * processes matter in to settleable biofloc and stable inorganics 5. Anaerobic biological Anaerobic filters and reactors, fluid Conversion of colloidal, dissolved growth processes bed submerged media, upflow and residual suspended organic anaerobic sludge blanket reactor, matter in to settleable biofloc anaerobic rotating biological and stable inorganics contactor * 6. Anaerobic Anaerobic digesters Conversion of colloidal, dissolved _ stabilization of and residual suspended organic organic sludges matter in to settleable biofloc * _____ ___________________ __________________________________ and stable inorganics * 2.8.3 Wastewaters from dairy or meat processing units can be treated by any of the processes * based upon (a) Conventional Activated Sludge Process, (b) Extended Aeration Process, (c) Trickling Filters, (d) Stabilization Ponds (e) Aerated Lagoons and (f) Upflow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket Process. . Details of each of these methods are presented in Appendix ECP Dairy 2.2. * However options for treatment shall not be restricted exclusively only to the following * systems, other cost effective methods shall also be analysed. * Selection of the type of treatment of waste has to be very carefully made considering all * factors. Discharge standards must be adhered to very strictly for safeguarding the interests of * population living downstream The selection of treatment methods shall be influenced factors presented in Box 2.1. I I I *. - 00 1. Strength of raw effluent: The first and foremost step would be to get the wastewater analyzed for I * different quality parameters 2. Effidency of treatment 3. Standards of effluent discharge | * 4. Availability of sewerage system 5. Capital, Operation & Maintenance costs of treatment plantsFor the selected options, land costs, . 5 capital costs of plants including all civil, electrical and mechanical works should be taken in to account. Expenditure on power, staff, operation and maintenance should be capitalized over a period of 15 years to arrive at the most economic altemative ! * 6. Power requirement , * * Because of the high strength of process effluent, treatment process will have to be highly * g efficient. While making a selection out of the available processes, Capital and 0 & M costs will also have to be given due weighatges. Operational costs are substantially influenced by consumption of power. Efficiencies of different types of treatment are presented in Table 2.5. 0 2-4 | ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * 4 Table 2.5: Efficiencies of different types of treatment processes * S. No. Types of treatment Efficiency cy1 BOD5 200 C Coliform Helminth removal (0/O) removal (%) removal (%) 1. Activated Sludge process 85 - 92 60 - 90 No * 2. Extended aeration 95 - 98 60 - 90 No 3. Trickling filters 80 - 90 60 - 90 No 4. Oxidation ponds 75 - 85 60 - 99.9 Yes * 5. Aerated lagoons 75 - 85 60 - 90 No 6. UASBs 75 - 85 60 - 90 Yes 2.8.4 . . Treatment systems have to be tailor made for each processing plant Box 2.2 presents criteria for selection of treatment process. * * Quality parameters: The first and foremost step would be to get the wastewater * analyzed for different quality parameters. a End use of treated effluent: Simultaneously, mode of end use of treated effluent should be decided. These two factors would narrow down the choice to a few types of * treatment. * * Costs: For the selected options, land costs, capital costs of plants including all civil, electrical and mechanical works should be taken in to account. Expenditure on power, * staff, operation and maintenance should be capitalized over a period of 15 years to arrive at the most economic altemative. * 2.9 Siting Criteria for processing plants * 2.9.1 Dairy and meat processing and abattoirs are a nuisance to the humans in terms of sight and odour. Odour can be serious problem in meat processing if by products and effluent streams are not managed properly. These units must be located sufficiently away from habitation and * in the downwind direction of the predominant wind direction. * Manoeuvring of trucks delivering livestock and removing by products cause nuisance. * Therefore it is also necessary that such units should not be located along common road * network. Another important criteria is availability of proper sites for treatment and disposal of liquid and solid wastes. These potential problems therefore should be taken in to consideration when determining plant location. 2.10 Siting criteria for treatment plants 2.10.1 There are several factors, which are taken in to consideration while deciding the location of treatment plant. Some of the important considerations include the following. * Distances from the waste discharging units: While keeping a minimum distance between the point of waste disposal from the unit and the treatment plant will be preferred, nuisance value of the plant has to be kept in mind. * Elevation of ground: Location of a treatment plant should be decided keeping in view that it * should neither be high so as to warrant pumping, nor low involving lifting of treated effluent. Too much depth has a bearing on the cost of civil structures also. * Area not susceptible to flooding: While location of treatment plant at lower points will be preferred to facilitate gravity system, land area should be chosen carefully and areas prone to * flooding during rainy season shall be avoided. * * Proximity to land available for irrigation: If end use of treated effluent is proposed to be land irrigation, proximity of agricultural land will always be preferable. * Proximity to water body such as river or lake: Proximity of the treatment plant to a water * __________body will lead to discharge of treated effluent directly in to that body. Ideally, the plant should be *2-5 ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs located at such point which will allow treated effluent to be applied for land irrigation and surplus quantity shall be passed in to the water body. * * Safe distance from human population: All treatment plants, irrespective of type of treatment process, have some nuisance value. Foul odours and fly breeding are some of the common problems near treatment plants and therefore these should be located sufficiently away from S human settlements. * * Ground water conditions: Aeration tanks, primary and final settling units are usually 3.5 to 4 metres deep. Treatment plants should therefore be avoided at locations where water table is above the bed levels of units of treatment plants. 2.11 Minimization of Wastes 2.11.1 Capacities of treatment plants are based on hydraulic and biological loads received from the * processing plants. Increased quantities of these loads mean increased capacities of the treatment processes. The increased capacities result in increased capital costs and additional * operation and maintenance costs. Every effort should therefore be made to reduce quantities of wastes from the processing units. In dairy and meat processing units, water is used principally for cleaning equipment and work areas to maintain hygienic conditions. * * Consumption of water4 in dairy processing depends upon whether the plant operates on batch process or continuous process. Effluents from dairy processing result from * tanker washing, cleaning and milk spills. * In case of abattoirs, it is estimated that more than 2 % of the carcass weight is * unaccounted for and is lost to the effluent resulting in increase in hydraulic and * organic loads. As such it is necessary that such by products are not allowed to pass * with effluents. They shall rather be collected and used for alternate purposes. Some * of the by products and their alternate uses are, edible offal could be used for human consumption, blood for pharmaceuticals and food additives, inedible fats for industrial products such as tyres, lubricants. 2.11.2 Thus it is paramount that quantity of water used in processing is optimised. There are * several steps possible for reducing quantities of wastewaters in Dairy and meat processing * units and abattoirs. Every effort should be made for reuse and recycling of wash water. Some e of the important options for reducing wastewaters are presented in Box 2.3. Box 2.3: Methods of reducing wastes from Dairy Processing and Meat Processing * Use continuous rather than batch processing as far as possible i * Use water for cleaning purposes at high pressure rather than high volume for cleaning * Reuse relatively clean wastewaters (such as from final rinses) for other cleaning in non critical * applications. * Recirculate water used in non critical applications * * Use compressed air instead of water where appropriate * Fix leaks promptly * Dry clean floors before washing * 0 Dairy * Ensure that vessels and pipes are drained completely and use implements to remove residues before washing * * Spilled solid products should be collected for reprocessing or animal feeds. * Product spillage should be avoided at the time of disconnecting pipes and hoses. It should be ensured that the lines are empty when disconnecting hoses. * Appropriate facilities for collecting spills should be provided. * Tanks should be equipped with levels to prevent overflows. * Concentrated milky wastewater could be collected for reprocessing or supply to farmers for animal feeds. - _ - __ Fit drains with screens or traps to prevent solid materials entering effluent system_ _ - Efficiently run dairy planits can use 1.3 to 2.5 litres of water per kg of milk intake. * }¢ 2-6 * . I * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs Abattoir * Use Suspended mesh flooring in animal holding yard and Meat * Maximize the segregation of blood by designing suitable blood collection facilities and allowing Processing sufficient time for bleeding, typically seven minutes. _ Plant * Sweep up solid materials for use as by-products, instead of washing them down the drain. * Fit drains with screens and/or traps to prevent solid materials from entering the effluent system. * Use offal transport systems that avoid or minimize the use of water. * Use water sprays with low pressure for carcass washing to avoid removing fat from the surface. * Use dry cleaning techniques to pre-clean process areas and floors before washing with water. * Segregate high-strength effluent streams, such as rendering effluent and wastewaters from * _ _ _ casings and paunch washing and treat them separately. * 2.12 Designing of treatment systems * 2.12.1 A short description of the key considerations for the design of various units is presented in * Appendix ECP Dairy 2.3. Moreover proposed solution for wastewater disposal from Animal * Husbandry units in Guwahati and other smaller towns are presented in Appendix ECP Dairy 2.4. 2.13 Construction and Maintenance 2.13.1 Wastewater treatment plants comprise construction of civil structures, installation of mechanical equipment such as bar screens, grit lifting pumps, gears, aerators, sludge * scrapers, sludge pumps and electrical motors and switchgears. For detailed guidelines, Codes * of Practices for civil works, mechanical and electrical installations shall be referred. * 2.14 Guidelines for Construction for Civil Works * 2.14.1 These sections have been detailed in ECP Common 2: Codes of Practice for Building Activities. 2.15 Guidelines for erection of Mechanical and Electrical equipment 2.15.1 These sections have been detailed in ECP Common 2: Codes of Practice for Building Activities. 2. L6 Guideltines fdi M1n3tntenance 2.16.1 Maintenance of treatment plant mainly implies that all mechanical and electrical installations * shall be maintained by taking appropriate steps in advance, to prevent breakdown before a * major damage is caused. This would avoid wastage of time, production loss and prolong the * life of machine. It also maintains better efficiency in the system and economizes the running * cost. Maintenance could be preventive or corrective depending upon whether it is done prior or after the damage. 2.16.2 It should be borne in mind that primary aim of effluent treatment plant operation is its working and maintenance efficiently and economically so that treated effluent meets the * prescribed standards. The basic requirements of successful operation and maintenance of * effluent treatment plants are presented in Box 2A4. * ~~~~ A __ . A thorough knowledge of plant and machinery provided and their functions * A thorough knowledge of process * . Availability of proper and adequate tools, spare parts and chemicals . Clear assignment of responsibilities to operating staff * . Systematic inspections * Staff adequately trained in operations and maintenance _ * Observation of safety precautions * 2.16.3 Monitoring of raw effluents, air, recirculated sludge and treated effluent are necessary for * efficient running of the plant. Proper recording of data is also essential. Current trends are * that routine operation is entrusted to private agencies on contract agencies. The operating agency whether governmental or private, has to carryout certain routine operations as: * ,.f@£e'¢ 2-7 . ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs Maintenance of performance records: The data sheets for recording performance should be designed to enable evaluation of same with the objective of improving performance and reduction * in operating costs by saving in energy, if possible. * Manuals of operation: Manuals of operation are generally supplied by the plant designers and builders. They must include all aspects namely (i) Operational procedures and testing schedules, (ii) * Preventive maintenance aspects and (iii) Maintenance of records. * * Control Laboratory: The laboratory plays a key role in plant operation for control of quality. It is also necessary that representative sampling is done from properly located points on a regular basis. Procedures described in "Standard methods for examination of water and wastewater" or "Manual of methods for examination of water, effluent and industrial wastes" should be followed. Care should be taken to avoid entry of extraneous materials such as silt or floating materials. * Physical tests are carried out on raw effluent to determine total suspended and dissolved solids. * Chemical tests are performed to determine pH, BOD, COD, nitrogen and phosphates. From primary sedimentation tanks, influent and effluent are analyzed for SS, settleable solids, BOD and COD. Primary sludge is analyzed for percent solids, organic content and specific gravity. Influent and effluent BOD, COD, DO, MLSS, SVI are determined from samples from aeration tanks. Effluents are * also analyzed from secondary settling tanks for SS, settleable solids, filtered and unfiltered BOD, COD, DO, alkalinity and nitrates. 2.17 Training 2.17.1 Proper training for all categories of staff is vital for efficient performance of the plant. Each category of staff has different duties and accordingly they should (i) understand their specific * roles regarding waste management (ii) comply with the policy decisions taken by * management and (iii) contribute to the success of overall waste management plan in their * establishment. Training modules should be developed for the following category of personnel. * Operators of electrical and Mechanical machinery * Laboratory staff monitoring influent and effluent qualities * Cleaning staff for removal of screened materials and grit * * Administrative and management staff * 2.17.2 For plant operators and laboratory personnel, the training capsule should include: * * Discussion regarding existing standards supply of copies to each individual * * Review of impacts of improper management * * Discussion regarding policy of the establishment * * Detailed description of each step involved * Measures for accidents and emergency situations * Comments and suggestions for subsequent inclusion for betterment of system 2.17.3 For sweepers, cleaning staff and guards, sustained awareness generation is essential. The * management of the establishment should organize awareness programmes especially for the * auxiliary staff. The capsule should include: * Awareness generation about possibilities of infectious wastes and diseases caused * Brief introduction of rules governing handling of wastes * Providing simple charts of responsibilities and cautioning against pit falls * Educating them how to cope up with accidents * Maintaining personal hygiene in the environment, importance of use of protective gear * 0 * How to cooperate with management in the matter A * ' 2-8 * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * PART II: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 2.13 General 2.18.1 Solid waste generated in processing plant from the receiving of material and thereafter at * every step in the process. The objective of solid waste management is to (i) reduce the * quantity of solid waste generated (ii) segregate & recycle of materials recovered from solid * waste, (iii) dispose off on land as per the methods of disposing municipal solid waste The * objective is also to provide treatment to solid wastes to such an extent which will stabilize the decomposable organic matter and would not contaminate the surface and ground water. The * issue is more pertinent in the context of terrains which have underground waters at shallow * depths and which have steep slopes quickly draining storm waters into rivers. 2.19 Legislations * 2.19.1 Handling of solid wastes falls under the purview of "The Municipal Solid Waste (Management * and Handling) Rules 2000 under a notification dated 25th September 2000 by the Ministry of * Environment and Forest. * 2.20 Wastes and its Constituents * 2.20.1 Under the AACP, following types of wastes are expected to be generated. * Industrial wastes: Such as wastes from milk processing plants. * . Thermal plants wastes: Such as wastes from boilers. * . Other wastes: Such as garbage and rubbish from plant complex. 2.20.2 General categories of solid wastes are those which are organic and inorganic in nature and which could be treated and disposed off by normal processes. Different types of wastes, * which are to be generated from various units under the Dairy Department, are presented in * Table 2.6. * Table 2.6: Constituents of solid wastes expected from different units NS. Type of unit Product / Activity Constituents of wastes * ~ ~~~~No. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 Milk Processing Pasteurized Milk, Plastic bags, rags, grease, detergents, Units yogurt, cheese, paneer grit and sand 2. Slaughter Houses Varieties of meat Animal excretions, blood, hair, paunch *______ __________________ ______________________ manure, flesh, grease and offal C 2.21 Management Of Wastes * 2.21.1 An effective waste management system shall include one or more of the following options and shall be environmentally and economically sustainable. The options for Disposal of the solid waste generated are: * Segregation and recycling * * . Disposal of waste along with the Municipal Collection System * 2.21 .2 Segregation and recycling: The operator of the plant shall ensure that wastes are sorted * at source to recover most of recyclable materials for reuse. Following are some of the - * guidelines for sorting for material recovery. * . Sorting of waste at the source must be accorded the highest priority. For this purpose the existing system of Kabaries shall be promoted. . Horticulture waste from parks and gardens may be composted at the site. I 2-9 * SuR' ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2-9 j >s14 * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * 2.21.3 Disposal of waste along with the Municipal Collection System: The residual waste shall be stored to avoid littering of the neighbouring areas and disposed along with the * municipal solid waste system. In case of absence of such system the operator along with the local body shall promote a collection & disposal system for the municipal waste generated * from the facility. * PART III: BIO-MEDICAL WASTE MANAGEMENT 2.22 General * 2.22.1 Wastes generated from slaughter houses are hazardous and toxic and have a high potential for diseases transmissions. The wastes generated out of these facilities are categorised as * Bio-Medical Waste under the Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998. * The codes provide a system for handling and management of these special categories of * waste. * 2.23 Legislations * 2.23.1 The Ministry of Environment & Forest under Section 3 of the Environment Protection Act 1986 had promulgated the Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998. These rules apply to all persons who generate, collect, receive, store, transport, treat, * dispose, or handle bio medical waste in any form. The relevant Provisions of the Act are * presented below. * Bio-Medical Section 4 & 5: The department or any other agency running the facility generating hazardous Waste waste would be responsible to ensure that the hazardous wastes are handled, stored, managed * (Management & disposed without any adverse impacts. and Handling) Section 6: The bio-medical waste would be segregated, packed, transported and stored as per _ Rules, 1998 the details provided * Section 8: The department or any other agency would apply for authorization of the handling such waste from the Pollution Control Board. Sectionl2: The department or any other agency operating any of the facility should report to * _______________ the Pollution Control board any accident due the collection, handling & transportation * 2.24 Categories of Wastes * 2.24.1 The Biomedical Wastes have been classified under Schedule I of the Bio-Medical Waste * (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998.Various types of Bio - Medical Wastes. The relevant details in Appendix ECP DAIRY 2.5. * 2.25 Treatment of Slaughter House Wastes * 2.25.1 The solution to safe disposal of slaughterhouse waste does not lie only in treatment. Measures such as collection of blood, improved methods of dressing, evisceration could reduce the magnitude of treatment. Slaughtering of animals generates wastes such as non- * edible offal namely the intestines, tissues organs and body parts. Stomach and intestinal * contents and dung are also received as liquid wastes. All these types of wastes are required * to be disposed off by methods such as rendering, deep burial, composting and anaerobic digestion. Methods of treatment of Slaughter house wastes are described in * Table 2-1: Treatment of Slaughter house waste. * S. No. Type of Slaughterhouse Waste Method of Disposal 1. Waste consisting of inedible offals, animal tissues, Rendering or land fill * organs, body parts, carcasses 2. Stomach or Intestinal contents, dungs Composting, Land filling * 3. Sludge from waste water treatment systems Composting, Landfill **8 2-10 ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * The methods of treatment of landfill operation for slaughter house waste is provided as Appendix ECP Dairy 2.6 * 2.25.2 Illegal slaughtering also needs to be curbed as the problem is much widespread. All slaughtering should be confined to slaughterhouses only. Following is the schedule IV * attached with the Environment Protection Act 1986 containing guidelines for disposal of solid * wastes from slaughterhouses. * 2.25.3 Utilization of by products received during slaughtering also helps in reduction of wastes. * There are a few other Guidelines available relating to slaughterhouses. The IS Code 8895: * 1978 specifies requirements for handling, storage and transport of slaughterhouse by * products (refer Appendix ECP Dairy 2.6). * * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~ Selection of Technology for E Clause 2.10.2 * _ | Procession 0 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Minimizabon of Waste * = _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~~Sitirng Of Plant Clause 2.9 _ . r.*4: v ,1 , ,,,, - - C | gl ~~~~~~~~~~Sitng of Plant *) _ C Consent from Pollution Control X_Clause 2.7_l * __________Brad Consent to Establish * 0 Inventorisation & Charactenzation Clause 2.5 otl of Waste Surveys &Investiqto * .. . =................_ a . i^_ r _ _ _ .n * ____| Clause 2.6, 2.8,2.9,2.10 X Stud, a,:,f Tre jlm.nl (p)i.PlS 2 _ Cnteria for Selecton of *L _ - X.ng 'treatment Methodology & * .________________________ _ , l Locabon of ETP _ Detailed Designs including, I Clause 2.12 Engineering Drawing, detailed Description of Designs estimates, tender documents * O l Clause 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 * ._ Construction Guidelines for * . Construction of Civil & *. s .Electrcal Equipments * C | Consent from Pollution Control Clause 2.7 * | Bo3rd | Consent to Operate *- O |Treatment 0 *0. t . Clause 2.16 tD | Discharge from ETP Guidelines for * O Maintenance 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Operation & Maintenance *~ 1 .o | Management of Waste | I Recycling Disposal .: ~~~~~~~~~~F Clause 2.21.3 * 0.= I rreatment of Waste Clause 2.2 ;* U : | *0 ___ __ _ _.___ _ .. ..... .. .... __...____ .. _..._ _ _ _ _ .2_ *a' 2-11 ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs 0 * Appendix ECP 2.1: Application for Consent to Establish and Operate * 'FORM XIII * Application for consent for establishing or taking any steps for establishment of Industry operation * process or any treatment disposal system for discharge, continuation of discharge under section 25 or * section 26 of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. * (See Rule 32) * Date S From 0 * To * The Member Secretary, * Central Pollution Control Board. Sir, * I/We hereby apply for Consent/Renewal of Consent under section 25 of the Water (Prevention and 0 Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974) for establishing or taking any steps for establishment of Industry/operation process or ally treatment/disposal system to bring into use any new/altered outlet * for discharge of *sewage/trade effluent* to continue to discharge* sewage/trade effluent* from * land/premises owned by * The other relevant details are below:- I. Full Name of the applicant * 2. Nationality of the applicant * 3. * (a) Individual * (b) Proprietory concern * (c) Partnership firm * (whether registered or unregistered) (d) Joint family concern (e) Private Limited Company * (f) Public Limited Company * (g) Government Company 0 (1) State Government * (2) Central Government * (3) Union Territory . * (h) Foreign Company * (if a foreign company, the details of registration, incorporation, etc.). 0 (i) Any other Association or Body * 2-12 * . ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs 4. Name, Address and Telephone Nos. of Applicant. I g (b) Licence Annual Capacity of the Factory/Industry. * 11. State daily quantity of water in kilolitres utilised and its source (domestic/industrial process boiler * Cooling others). * 12. (a) State the daily maximum quantity of effluents quantity and mode of disposal (sewer or drains * or river). Also attach analysis report of the effluents. Type of effluent quantity in kilolitres Mode of * disposal. * (i) Domestic (ii) Industrial. (b) Quality of effluent currently being the discharged or expected to be discharged. (c) What monitoring arrangement is currently there or proposed. * 13. Slate whether you have any treatment plant for industrial? domestic or combined effluents. * Yes/No If yes attach the description of the process of treatment in brief. Attach information on the quality of treated effluent vis-a-vis the standards. 14. State details of sold wastes generated in the process or during waste treatment. * Description ...... Quantity ... . Method .. . Method of disposal * 15. I/We further declare that the information furnished above is correct to the best of my/our * knowledge. * 16. I/We hereby submit that in case of change either of the point of discharge or the quantity of * discharge or its quality a fresh application for CONSENT shall be made and until such CONSENT is granted no change shall be made. 17. I/We hereby agree to submit to the Central Board an application for renewal of consent one * month in advance of the date of expiry of the consented period for outlet/discharge if to be continued thereafter. * 18. I/We, undertake to furnish any other information within one month or its being called by the * Central Board. * I9. I/We, enclose herewith cash receipt No./bank draft No. dated for Rs. * Rupee ) in favour of the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi, as fees payable under section 25 of the Act. * Yours faithfully, Signature of the applicant * Note: * Strike out which is not relevant. * 2-13 0 * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs 0 * Annexure ECP Dairy 2.2:Description of Treatment Methods * A. Conventional Activated Sludge Process * The Activated Sludge Process (ASP) is widely used in wastewater treatment. After screening and grit removal, 0 suspended organic matter is allowed to settle in a primary settler which removes about 30 % to 35 % BOD. It is 0 then passed to aeration tanks where biological aeration takes place and the dissolved organic matter is converted in to settleable form. The settleable solids are removed by settling in the final settling tank placed next. The * aerated sludge is called "Activated" part of which is pumped back in to the aeration tank. Remaining sludge is * withdrawn and mixed with sludge from the primary settler, thickened and sent to anaerobic sludge digester for * further stabilization. The digested sludge is dried on drying beds. The process though has a high efficiency but may not be successful where raw effluent BOD is very high and treated effluent has to meet river standards. The * process flow diagram is given in figure 1. - - Pnmary sludge Sudge Deste Sludge drying * Influentio Effnt 0 ~~~~Screens Grit se t | | s n n | Retum sludge l n * Figure 1 0 0 B.Extended Aeration Process The Extended Aeration Process is a modification of the Activated Sludge Process (ASP). The process does not * have primary settler and the raw effluent is passed directly to aeration tanks. There is no anaerobic sludge * digester as well. The simplification implies longer aeration time and hence named as extended aeration. The 0 consequent power consumption is therefore higher. The process has a high BOD removal efficiency and suitable 0 for treatment of wastes with high strengths. The process flow diagram is given in figure 2 . 0 influent AerationE n _ Screens Grit l C * 1 Return sludge. * L - - CSludge umping * Sludge drying * Figure 2 * C. Trickling Filters * Aeration tanks in an Activated Sludge Process could be replaced by trickling filters, which provide aerobic - biological process with attached growth. The applied effluent trickles through the filter medium, which gets 0 coated with a zoogical film. Suspended solids are removed through filtration and colloidal matter is adsorbed. Since air is present, aerobic bacteria work upon the suspended, colloidal and dissolved organic matter and brings * about a reduction in BOD. The process does not have a high efficiency and may not be successful where raw * effluent BOD is very high and treated effluent has to meet river standards. A typical section of a trickling filter is shown in figure 3. * 2-14 S ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs Influent pip e * Air duct block PAN * 0 A Al~~ETIN - D. WasteStabzOpation gatonds Treatmen through Wastestanspection bo n mto . ent pipe Algal growth isthereforeimptChannel floor slopes SECTION A-A * Figure 3 * * D. Waste Stabilization Ponds Treatment through Waste tabilization ponds is one of the simplest methods. The stabilization takes place in mshallow (1 to 1.5 m deep) algal ponds. Wastewater is allowed to stand for several days depending upon temperature and climatic conditions under which algae can flourish and provide oxygen through photosynthesis. Algal growth is therefore important for meeting the oxygen demand and it depends on surface area, which * becomes an important design parameter. Therefore the pond requires large pand area. The process has a low 0 BOD removal efficiency. A typical cross section of an oxidation pond is given in figure 4. ~~~~~~~~~~Screen n rV-notch -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Figure 4 * 21 * E. Mechanically Aerated Lagoons * ~~~Aerated lagoons fall in the category of stabilization ponds in which oxygen is also supplied through mechanical or g ~~pneumatic aeration. Such ponds may have greater depths (3 to 5 m) consequently reducing land area. However ~~~ ~Power requirement is more or less within the same range as that in ASP. The process has a low BOD removal * ~~effficiency. Sometimes combination of lagoons and ponds could also be made depending upon way of handling * ~~~solids. Types of aerated lagoons could be classified as (a) Facultative, (b) aerobic and (c) aerobic with recycling g ~~~of solids. The way solids are handled, there will be an effect on efficiency, power consumption, detention time and sludge disposal. The system with recycling of solids requires maximum power but also has a slightly higher effficiency of BOD removal as compared to oxidation ponds. alEet ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2-15 ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * F. Upflow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket Process * Flow in an Upflow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket process (UASB) is passed in to a distribution inlet from which several vertical pipes take the flow down to the UASB reactor with a depth of 4.5 to 5 metres and release it uniformly to the lower part. This is allowed to rise at the desired velocity up to outlet placed at the upper periphery. The * upflowing effluent forms small granules of sludge which are held in suspension and provide a large surface area on which organic matter can attach and undergo biodegradation. The gas could be collected at top. The unit does not require mixers or aerators and thus power consumption is low. The process does not have a high efficiency and may not be successful where raw effluent BOD is very high and treated effluent has to meet river * * standards. A typical cross section of a UASB plant is given in figure 5. * Gas holder * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Dome Settle liquid -E f u n Deflector- Ground level SlUASB t effluent 0 Ground level L~~~lm -Sldg to Inlet manifold & lateral drying beds Raw sewage Screens Grt Pump Figure 5 2 0 - 0 :0 0 . . .0. 21 * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * * Annexure ECP Dairy 2.3: Criterion for designing of treatment plants * Cost is one of the prime considerations in selection of the treatment method. It should include the capital cost of installation, capitalized cost of maintenance and operation taking in to account interest charges and period of amortization. Other factors that may also influence are, ease of construction and maintenance, benefits that accrue from better environmental sanitation, location, topography and availability of land. Designs of various units should be carried out in following manner. (a) Screens: Sizes of the screens should be provided which would pass efluent flows in all conditions. Principal function is to prevent entry of floating matter like logs, timber, carcasses, rags or plastic bags * brought in by flowing effluent. Bar screens are composed of vertical or inclined bars spaced at equal intervals across the channel through which effluent flows. Screens are comprised of coarse, medium and fine screens placed in series. Cleaning may be manually operated although mechanically cleaned racks are also used. Spacing of bars in screens is decided on the criteria of velocity of flow and head loss. Screened materials are disposed off by burial or composting. Such disposal could also be by way * of mixing with municipal refuse. (b) Grit Removal : Grit in effluent consists of coarse particles of sand, ash, and many inorganic inert materials. Quantities and qualities of grit depend upon types of surfaces cleaned, climatic conditions, amount of storm water entering, sewer slopes, industrial wastes and social habits. Specific gravity of grit is between 2.4 to 2.6 and hence it is possible to separate gritty material from organic solids by * differential sedimentation in a grit chamber or channel. Cleaning of settled grit may be manual or mechanical. Grit contents may vary between 0.05 to 0.15 m3/ml and quantity may increase 3 to 4 times during peak flows. Size of a grit channel is determined by way of reducing the velocity of flow sufficient * enough to allow particles of 0.22 to 0.15 mm to settle. A loss of head of about 0.6 m occurs in the grit channel. As settled grit consist of inorganic matter, disposal may be by way of landfill or burial. * (c) Primary settling: The purpose of primary settling is to separate the settleable solids from wastewater so that when discharged in to water courses or on land, decomposition does not take place. Primary settling also reduces organic load on secondary units. Primary settling tanks are designed for * average flow conditions and factors such as flow variations, solids concentration, solid loading, area, detention time and overflow rate influence the designs. Parameters usually adopted are given in the * table I. * Table I: Parameters for design of Primary Settling Tanks _ Type of settling Overflow rate Depth Detention time * ~~~~~~~~~~~m3/m2d ___ Primary_settling Average Peak Metres Hours * Primarv settlina ___________ * Primary settling only 25: 50 50: 60 2.5: 3.5 2.0: 2.5 Primary followed by secondary settling 35: 50 80 120 2.5: 3.5 -- * Primary with activated sludge return 25: 35 50: 60 3.5: 4.5 -- Weir loading rates of 125 m3/d.m for average flow are recommended. Sludge is usually removed hydrostatically * or mechanically. To facilitate this hopper bottom tanks are provided with mechanical sludge scrapping. (d) Aeration Tank: In all aerobic suspended growth systems, aeration tanks containing microorganisms in suspension are provided in which the reaction takes place and oxygen is transferred. The design consideration for activated sludge process or other aerobic treatment plants are based on the aeration tank capacity, dimensions, aeration facility, secondary settling and recycled and excess sludge wasting. Aeration tank capacity is designed from Food : Microorganism ratio (F/M), Mixed Liquor Suspended * Solids concentration (MLSS), Hydraulic Retention time (HRT) and Oxygen required in kg per kg of BOD removed. These are shown in the table II for both the conventional as well as extended Aeration process. 0 Table II Parameters for designing of Aeration Tanks Process Type MLSS mg/I F/M kg HRT Kg 02/kg BOD * BOD/kg MLSS removed * Conventional 1500: 3000 0.3: 0.4 4 : 6 0.8: 1.0 Extended Aeration 3000: 5000 0.1: 0.18 12 : 24 1.0: 1.2 Supply of oxygen could be by introduction of compressed air or surface aerators. , ,=*} 2-17 ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * ~~~(e) Secondary Settling :The Secondary Settling Tank has the function similar to the primary settling tank. The unit however, is an important and integral part of treatment process, as it facilitates efficient separation of biological sludge not only for ensuring final effluent quality, but also for return of sludge for maintaining MLSS level in the aeration tank. Since secondar-y settling tank is sensitive to fluctuations * ~~~~~in the flow rates, it will be desirable to design it not only for average flows but also for peak flows. * ~~(f) Return Sludge pumping and Excess sludge wasting :The MLSS concentration in aeration tank is * ~~~~~controlled by sludge recirculation rate, sludge settleability and thickening. Pumping rates of sludge may therefore vary and pumping rates should be split in order to satisfy different rates. For the purpose of 0 ~~~~maintaining MLSS in the system, excess sludge has to be wasted. The excess sludge is pumped on to * ~~~~~sludge drying beds where sludge after drying could be disposed off in the form of cakes. Annexure ECP Dairy 2.4: Proposed solution for wastewater disposal from Animal 0 ~~Husbandry units in Guwahati and other smaller towns * ~~It has been noticed that the milk processing plant and other units of the Animal Husbandry Department at Guwahati, lack proper collection and treatment facilities for waste water. As has already been discussed earlier, it would be preferable to connect waste waters from all units to the sewerage system after treating it to standards suitable for discharge in to sewers. Sewerage system does not exist in Guwahati or other places where such * ~~~Animal Husbandry units are situated. This is a typical situation due to the following reasons. (a) Waste waters are being generated from most of the units in small or large quantities. (b) System for proper treatment and safe disposal does not exist at present, as required under the Co'ntrol of * ~~~~Water Pollution Act. Providing treatment as required under the Act would not only be expensive, successful operation and maintenance of treatment plants will be difficult. (c) It is not possible to discharge these waste waters in to a municipal sewerage system which does not exist. (d) New sewerage system is not foreseen in near future. It can not be denied that improper waste treatment 0 ~~~~and disposal systems are not only causing insanitary conditions, they are sources of health hazard to workers and humans living and working within the premises. A solution therefore has to be found which 0 ~~~~could address the present problems, is viable and economical and which could dovetail with the ultimate system as and when it is developed. Following approach is recommended. (e) Instead of providing separate treatment arrangements for different units such as dairy, laboratory, pig farm and slaughter house, a common treatment plant should be provided at on appropriate location. It should be noted that costs of small and scattered units of treatment plants are higher than a combined 0 ~~~~and properly located plant. It also saves cost on staff. If there are single units existing, as may be the case in some other towns, treatment units will have to be provided for those individual units. (f) The different units in Guwahati should be made to connedt waste water discharges to the common plant 0 ~~~~through piped sewers and not open drains. As far as possible, gravity sewers should be laid but if unavoidable, pumping could be resorted. To facilitate gravity flow, even if the level of treatment plant has to be lowered slightly, it would be appropriate as effluent pumping is always a difficult installation 5 ~~~~to operate and maintain. 5 ~~~(g) So far as question of selecting treatment process is concerned, it will be possible to do so only after basic data is made available. The data should include daily flow measurements and results of analysis of 0 ~~~~~effluent samples. An assessment of quality of waste, costs, availability of lands and possibilities of location points of final disposal should be decided. Simultaneously, end use of treated effluent has also to be S ~~~~decided. * ~~~(h) For milk processing units, usual practice is to provide treatment based on Conventional Activated Sludge Process. However in this particular case since the treated effluent is to be discharged in to river, Extended Aeration process may have to be adopted due to its high efficiency. This process is simpler and easier to 0 ~~~~operate as compared to conventional ASP, but has high power consumption. Thus installation of plant 5 ~~~~based on EA would mean lower initial costs and easier maintenance to which the Department should agree. Life of mechanical and electrical units in such plants is no more than 10 years and the Department S ~~~~should plan to abandon the system in about 10 years when it will be possible to connect it to a sewerage system after primary treatment. * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2-18 I* ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs 0 The above could be summarized as follows. (a) Collect wastewaters from all the units at one place. (The slaughterhouse under construction already has a * provision for providing a conventional ASP plant. If levels permit, all wastes could be brought to this location). (b) Provide a common treatment plant, preferably based on extended aeration. (c) Operate it till the time sewerage system is developed. (d) Provide bypass so as to connect it to a sewerage system in future. 0 0 *0 0 0 0 S 0 S S S S S S 0 S 0 S S . . . . .5 0 I 2-19 : * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs APPENDIX ECP AH&VS 2.5: CATEGORY WISE DISPOSAL METHODS OF * BIO-MEDICAL WASTES * Options Waste Categories Treatment and Disposal Category Animal Waste: Animal tissues, organs, body parts, Incineration (without any chemical pretreatment) or 0 No. 2 carcasses, bleeding parts, fluid, blood, experimental deep burial animals used in research, waste generated by veterinary hospitals, colleges, discharges from hospitals and animal houses Category Solid Wastes : Items contaminated with blood and Incineration (without any chemical pretreatment) or . _ No. 6 body fluids including cotton, dressings, soiled plaster Autoclaving or Microwaving casts and lines Category Liquid Wastes : Wastes generated from laboratory Disinfection by chemical treatment (using 1 % 0 No. 8 washings, cleaning, housekeeping and disinfecting hypochlorite solution or equivalent reagent ensuring activities disinfection) and discharge in to drainage system 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 S 0 0 0 ¢22 * ECP Dairy 2: Management of Wastes from Milk and Meat Processing Plants and Abattoirs * Appendix ECP Dairy 2.6: Guidelines for Landfill Operation of Slaughter House Waste. j * The following procedures should be followed when disposing of slaughterhouse remains or by-products at a i * landfill: * The Operator of the meat processing plant shIl obtain permission from the Municipal authority to dump the specified quantity of waste, outline disposal procedures and schedules of disposal in a predestinated area. * * A pit must be excavated in a dedicated area of the landfill separate from the working face. The area 5 should not be accessible to the public. * The waste should be placed in the pit and immediately covered after each disposition with sufficient soil * to discourage odours, flies and vermin. Lime may be spread on the waste before covering to discourage vermin. When filled, the pit should be compacted and capped. 0 Special permission to bury slaughterhouse remains or byproducts at the working face may be requested under the landfill operating permit if daily covering takes place. Waste must be accepted by appointment after the landfill is closed to the public. The waste must be immediately covered and * compacted at the toe of the working face. * * Shall be fenced to prevent entry of stray animals and unauthorized entry. : - - S 0 0 - . . . . . S : . S S~~ ..... ... _. . .... .... S= 22 I 4 444i 444 4 . t * ' 4 t4 - sX^j_L_vkg 1INTE"ATION&L bSY M Oft UNIb zl ( CriAi4 s "- J - i * 1a. U ji&;M bi Umgy GU1iiiNSs FO. kiLegms 4HANDLING, STORACi AND TkANSrOKT Electric cu1flgII amaw OF SLAUGHTER-hOUSE BY-PkODUMS Thermody"mic . cuK tcmpc4't , Lusoiow witty cuIc CZ . Araoot of S01g4h1.uc shoE iean a*e ra4ia n.4 s4d angie .cnwdia, DegttV* Ua.4C Q4JwraTB UuiX aai.-. ':>4 Forcc e a . ....... N 0 :s _ 02k Ii7 . yjou J J-IN.aw powev watn W I W I I Flws Wb I Wb-I V.- Flux d"tleay wall T I T-I WLi'C Uroque«cy ha:m Ha i-A - I qi. ('J' Fkctrk~~ ~ ~ coC"l" yo I ffl^' Prtoowc. . . .WDIAa STAnDARD6 £NSTrrUTiOU Ue n ill Sh Vt t 86 UAee) Te.e 161169:, NEW t Iha.wa W"om I NOveity C"w-ambe. Q,enl Aab U 07 R7 ?7 .8 Z E"t.rn 6 Ch.w;inhe A5ppno CALCUltA 700072 23-0( 02 0 iSeutIsr C.J.T. CnWW AAve UADRAS 40O2B 41 i4 4;_ fathpsk. Nwmo*swd thj KUr KlMnpi AHMADABAD 160C., 2 a , (ftii 19 0 m F Bbocb.. Unity Bldg. Naaalmhureje Sq&aas SU;LANGAULIE 66bOO 2 71 4w 0 R246 Gum Tog Babiodw CaI BHOPAL 462003 6 27 16 -o SR*ohow" aSw. NU8ANSbWAlA&1sW1 1 36 27 INDIAN STANDAUIVb INSTITUTXIO N Ajtlme Bido. SeCm CHAN4DIGARH 16woo17 293 20 NA HVN9 LAU tMZ.4 W& &4-5L67 L N. G HYDEAO 60001 2 1083 > V S UI S1 ' 0-277 Todanul M m, JAIPUR 302004 1 B 32 -k.W D411' W 1lj41S9 a SerwavK ANPUR 20800 8272 1.C.I. Bi4d ( MW F L i *t PATNA b 3 6 fie eot" B8l d 2nd Fbet L Rlya Row TRIAN4DRUM 6bot 12 27 , i4er.tv, 1978 fFG - N. d . - lndiatn SLa4I4,-1 GUIDWELINŽ FOR IIANDLING, STORAGE AND 'fXAS?OKT OF SLAUGHTER-HOUSTE BY-PIkODUCTS Meat Iadustry SectioAr,l A)tCeg . Dr.C Q lIndi4n; Vac.rS4Xw RxOL,]£.A LJ.11wX 1- C*nudj ~ Ia*^ DYL B. PA.WA (A4tir2U to Dr C. M. S£inb) AAIUCUL Jz MgXtiii D acciW&c if tgke.j _ s Ii.bpccioa t W , ADv4r To TAQ CGAvMIAs of ii & al ), k&rMid SgIU S. IAYAhUAU ( NA$w r;>t Qxosv h&AIlJQ, A.w.XrsoQ AS Waste fro'm C&cass' pesiU aible or mnediWt L-A-Plwut'uials4SxiT- which are not n4nuA1y iate be U tle Sur hu;r ca ' } i (2) j() g- ANT&NWA'L AN POST-M01GLYLT4M .L,. e-iicrQb& . . o0lCLit 3.1 The byproducts sd be ohtaned firo=mL i............ . ........ ; pL_pe LIW. . o-Y b e L'tUi' bofd uit s V I ^ C s KtO k4 G E. 1 > T i a t u ' rory *1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~w g ua tw o bc r ipkc At ubia 4.1 Various by-productu I1 be uAdlcd kad Stored Uja6er cvsLiiiesU ^^;sole ior iLt4 it_r ro rewnumeudend i TiLble 1, 46o Lc iuicle LO fxPrc"g _ _ __ _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~a i ti, LQizcr ttL .,, od TAouW IYPOS1 PMUUl-~( yoj IUDLG = cS,D- SL N.~A OF WUUTZ"OVY JhKs I rcby di- , r Lta c fooall -4O pl&,- ac. food ziulitc. 4wus prisli *tcr" of o,i Wvu te u~~~~~~~~h aid ... d"r ok- < ia;' zu rcd &L t Lo X0 C m citc*idt., WI.Cv Ui ..... . . ii c .. Ttypaisu,b-. 6., u3lX.ute.d be rm cc expo. pFlus a rrwind,WIIcltiou "a cllyuwra4yl. dnwufuy' prelerwby withi" oould bc >c w . su.iioutju SQ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~tulae aStst Aliughter of thce ot utur," Wj'Cr f'bxi ir i -u1bct do tuixe4, tLc bkAW bwad Ijbc r. l-ues -cl. i aoc tC"441 Ecac"turtIue Qjk wcillj ( *IC ) or 4 to r7c ) ub r. r;^iul ,tec4 imy . Dtv Livcb," Jeed L c wt CAlF.L&, se;s i.>¢c, o s, r azt I c fred, tile LM4" &thXid Lb. &iUd be rudec] 401)CWior,a flCALCLD UlroA uAzcftor tLc ti"uc AJ ciicd or 2}o&eb tDCi4g ti-t ptvvumu viimg it *iz;Wd^ Lh ,, jar sitb uy ear,ac tcri - . . t;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~bre k.C 1ic wiLh sL&Ucrm Thc s Xuid gLLc;; rRe cve, ano ti c,r c~~~~~~~bveri'i Lyrtn of WA pPr to d tre4p~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~jo t-t ytcpoct uztrr itl-, im ( i^nS- kouss ) laS^Ftu -4C"kr be t4htlfy uuiu. l St rvt t¢iAikd t4 the LvWj giv'Uti- scd PCACv tt iVC y;) bc -4ocd Sw P.CC. tDe gi -~~~~~~~~~1 ^t fc sivI^c otf ^uib pvsx D e U4cr fQfrZr-uel . ~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ * o 1*I TABLg 1 aEQWJREMENTn YOlt HANDLING, hTGiA AAD TAI3LB I hTl M.AIGkJLT" v;..a xy- .. aT i-.. C.,, NtZ&OJAT OF SL4VGTEM4OUbA itY4AODUCTb - h4Oa WAG auJ.z b.?tLUAh-Ct b. ANs orxT or wAu.zrianom iub .r ai1. Nyxm 0r U-7: ILI.i, } L c ad1 NA N. or as o Afl,, ^s>> a n D X No. Br-PD cI, TAA w'.o ( d) 2l) (3) ji Aiitucr u.ctud ol p ocrvtioj i iii; Lild"irilc H^> "C AwC it Tb c.adc ,.... . ..iL. * !r"Id be -ouis bil wa anda Ityroxtna aud Ldreealin cot.kctCd 1. .i. _ r I; ,c it a ay Cup tibughtcr .rid a JcrV.zd Utacr ftaoen ocot,ijol-, zimln,lA Lo tLC ra.) Lu&to Iiep,am .; al' L., tA 't d IfApCntC- P.aUerCAu Tis EA pmvnctd, by dditizof xUr Acbwc per- iv) Liver Livc extract, glycogen, 'Ijhc .iiV4 i;vi- te rrtnovw Mtrid "Ii-wirrobia ic e- vitamin Bta etc without toll Ld cu"eIdrd Tu 1ani.n itoud ta be arA. into tvtXlch stcel or uluit iim io tvt iiited asI t rom couticeri provided with ti.i. teLp.cisiLtc to 3.' i@ lTbetC b1r0id be trSlSjWtrd witLin I to 2 hLwt to pLa ccwing v;u) Tcste HyaazwtidaS Tte tcata ahuald De ituweddiAely untit itd zioe4 tt e-ra stof,ge oeeaIntACT kIdn uutier tacr (40 C ) ice t protocc the £utvaty of V) lacAtilacs C agso, aurgicA loutura, ?rimary cleunmig whicit i.oes I.. 3te tion of ulsttrnta fza ix) Trimuoiap Proteoae, Tptot i umnmKp Ane IWtIae- mecentry and, rcmooal of u- ad rach a fr asu,obtte, be teinal ce4ten3 LaoU4ld be OaLc - coecLed froti I oa c or i. U.C JAu.,.4LC i..-. Furthcr wc.ct proceung f=c ioar- CJt". g t.4 *t .. I- .. a.A witlitta stay afitr tac aiaihttrina uttil. Thnes auvu.-d be trarls. lott.aAl tO=1i oc CO1JCCLCd I-vrted to v, pL.t c of prfCalg fter cwuptyitgL; te iscta in t3 c preferably ill 4by tioted COL- oftai wasiag arca provided fr tatincr lme rast-ice tins, the purpoaC, w scd in Water polUedLyIenc tctu6aiuerz, or 3g, frec of any adicriug itngca and or clocly wovti bai,its ttaapoed at the cartheat in cioted conLaiaorA to titc pmoccM.. vi) bie .ectticoraa bitALta TLCe j.LL.d ahoujd be rc- Wiri Uoti t moved from th3 liver AS &W, AS ponible si.td tL.i tic cctiZtLhii j ir and Cbac:oro ""C.~ a foe li-..~ emptied iwcatiabCI r inLo . apiua cord We*i.t Veate, itarotian A "C 1c00 to - r ei *. o wCea ia) ?ig .omaeba kenin aid ptpa To.e t,;aaaaaala. ii. ad 4tlotdd bc PA-Aing p~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~edleo 011, cut into tou piecca through iLuLi~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~n GuAse in L.... Tuhe it n h 6e it Awrct stiould be preserved by covering Bdc tf stusgd L. ivXt3 tGfiZiX ~~~~~~~~~~with tae prcr:ut toLatio of Shliold be pr*acrvcd by alutiati sutipLuric aid (3" tin of .f PCL. anti-nticrobhiA commercial &ulptuaarie acid add. ..C,,La . . U c, the eCaui. ed Ltow one litre of waiter ) in a proauct or frozen until iac. bile Largle dia" jaL or etiaetlied ahould be Portta it cicard ootaan. The ltnin; vukd Le containter,t prckraLiy polycthy. trtautorted to tae pharmaccuti. let.c or *LmilA nou-rmAci ivc uadu tty .bi.e atiL ualr rMOletalal acared AA aboV: t "r du ir. t3he oaiLe al ad i C.aaa,t.rad) (.ah.a.( dt ) 6 ' IS:X 8895- 19*78 TABLF. I REQIMREMENTS FOR N DLING, STORAGE AND TRANSI'ORT OF SLAUGHTER-HOUSE BY-PRODUCTS - CGetd SL NASE OF UTILTIATIOZ R HAIDTLN.O, STOiAOX A411 No. BY.-PxorSTwrs TmAXsaORT tt) (2) (4) xii) Hides and Leather Hides and skins should be coilected skins and transported to place of Storage within 8 hours. Hides should preferably be saled before storage xiii) Tail hair, triushes Generally, tail hair briatlr antn bristles body hatr should be separatei a n d and transported within S to body bAir 10 hoursflt xiv) h3one. Gelatin, tlue The bones should be freed of adhering fleshatind dried. Gr"n boets should be broken. cooked and dried. In cane of descrt bones, they should be neatly laid out on a sloping cemeut platform in the collecticn centres. During dry weather, the bones should be sprayed with water to encourage bacter- ial and nsect action, and to wash off unwanted material. Care should be takrn not to drv bones in direct contact with eartb. Further cooking and processing is stimilar to grcen bonet .t) Hooves and Buttosu, handles. Hoove, and horns freed of pth horns cobmi, horn ,neal. should be colected and tratns- foarn corpound, etc prted to be stomao in ctwl sheds. Ths should not be ea?ascd to undue heat and desiccation during collection, transport and storage as thewe may crack or become brittle Zvi) Horn pitb Celatin Horns should be placed in boliing water for a short period to remove any blood. fat or adber- ing tistue and pith removed by a gentl tap. Te pith should then be cleaned free and stored in menah-like containers for tram. port .3 0 S S S S S S S S S S S 0 S 0 S S S S S S S S S S S S S *0 * ECP Common 1: S Government of Assam, India 0 l 11 Jl 2004 * 1LCI1X' ('XjillTommon 1. Biodiversity Management * 1.1 General 1.1.1 The environment quality retains and continuously supports the biological diversity of a location. Biological diversity has a great bearing on the life of indigenous people as it guides their culture, * lifestyle and livelihood. There is every need to conserve and manage bio-diversity, to address critical 5 issues as poverty, livelihood and employment generation at the local level and most importantly conservation of areas as Bio-diversity hot spots. * 1.1.2 Multiplicity of the stakeholders and recognizing the primary or direct impact, secondary and tertiary adverse impact of the human activities - a set of code of conduct be set up to fortify and canalised the * * positive activities to protect the wetlands health and integrity for a sustainable resource utilization for the present as well as for the future. * 1.1.3 The ECP would be applicable to all interventions in and around any wetland. Assessment and grading any wetland shall be conducted as per the methodology suggested. Strategies for sustainable management shall be developed as per the guidelines proposed in the ECP. 1.2 Legislations 1.2.1 The recent act and laws, which are directly, associated with the conservation of the biological resources * at genetic level, are (i) Biodiversity bill 2002. (Biodiversity committee at Panchayat level, District level, * state level); (ii) NBSAP (National Biodiversity strategy and action plan);(iii) SACON- Inland wetland survey;(iv) Act on Alien and invasive species; (v) Wildlife Protection Act -1972(amended up to 2003) and (vi) Karachi declaration on the conservation of the wetlands and waterfowl in South and South east * Asia. * The challenges in protection of biodiversity are: * * Wetlands management and protection results from a combination of many indirect uses of laws intended for other purposes. The jurisdiction over wetlands has also been spread over * several agencies, Government, semi-government and private and community. No inter-departmental coordination leave aside private and Government department co- g ordination for maintaining the integrity of the wetlands. * * Wetland has been partially managed under both land use and water quality. :1.3 Iiodiversity Management 1.3.1 Management of the wetlands have several possibilities, dependent on the goal of the managers. * Often the goal can be conflicting, as in preventing pollution from reaching wetlands and using wetlands as sites of wastewater treatment or disposal. * Flood plain zones are now managed as zones to minimize human encroachment and maximize flood water retention. * Wetlands are now considered to be the site of protection of rich biological diversity and gene pool * conservation that can be used for the future studies on genetic and bio-technological modification. * 1.3.2 Management of bio-diversity shall be done to (i) maintain water quality; (ii) reduce erosion; (iii) provide 5 buffer between rural and urban areas; (iv) maintain a gene-pool for marsh, deep water wetland plants; (v) maintain wildlife biodiversity; (vi) provide habitat for fish spawning and other food organisms; (vii) Provide food, fodder and fibre. Due to the interventions in various sectors the biodiversity is of major concern in agriculture and fishery sectors. * 1.14 Agriculiture Sector * 1.4.1 The crop intensification and diversification has lead to loss of nearly 500 germ plasm of traditional X variety of rice in North East. It shall be the responsibility of the Agriculture University to preserve these traditional varieties of rice so that they are not lost in the process of agriculture development. Moreover 11 -IL ECP Common 1: Biodiversity Management * it shall be the responsibility of the Extension officer to inform farmers about the importance of the * traditional variety of the seeds. v 1.5 Fishery Sector * 1.5.1 The wetland of State could be classified into three categories based on two sets of values. The first set * of values includes (a) Scientific; (b) economic;(c) educational; (d) recreational; and (e) aesthetic. The second set of values includes following features of site (i) are intrinsically most fragile and sensitive to * human impact; (ii) already lost most ground due to human impact; (iii) are predictably most vulnerable to further damage and loss through a anthropogenic interventions; (iv) would represent the greatest * loss if they are damaged or destroyed; (v) would be the most difficult to restore or recreate if they are damaged or destroyed. 1.5.2 The wetlands of Assam can be categorized on the basis of the strength of biodiversity as (i) Grade-I - * Wetland of existing high scientific values (site of special scientific interest- SSSI); (ii) Grade-II-Wetland * of lesser scientific value; (iii) Grade-III - Wetland of very less scientific value. The definitions of grades of the wetland are presented in box 1-1. * The wetlands of Assam can be categorized on the basis of the strength of biodiversity. * Grade-I Wetland These are - wetlands of existing high scientific values, i.e., site of special scientific interest (SSSI) a) Wetland must have very high number of species of diversity taxonomic category, with * appreciable population. b) It harbors RDB (Red data book species) of higher taxa (birds, mammals etc), or endemic * species of birds, mammals, fish or amphibian or aquatic angiosperm, or till date recognized endangered of any taxonomic group. c) Wetland which is large enough to support the species diversity, with presently and in near future do not show any indication of developmental or anthropogenic threat. Or small area wise but support the category (b) * d) It may be unique in the district or in the region, with regard to ecosystem functioning. * Grade-II Wetland These wetland are of lesser scientific value and shall have the following characteristics a)It must be large enough, to support the high biodiversity at species level. b)Have any one of the RDB species of higher taxa, or endemic species whose survival and * population buildup could be supported by the wetland. c)It do not show any indication of developmental or anthropogenic threat, as of now or in near * future. d)It must have all good physical and ecosystem dynamics indications, like inflow and outflow, to * be elevated to higher grade. * Grade-III Wetland Wetland of very less scientific value This covers wetlands that can come under commercial fisheries, or over exploited for a long period of _ time. a) These have been systematically degraded, by human activities and have very less chance of recovery. b) These could also be designated as ecological slum. M- 1 .5.3 The sample indicators for evaluation of grade or status of wetlands shall be carried out in terms of few major taxa (1) Birds, (2) fish, and (3) angiosperm. The Birds are recognized as indicator of biodiversity. * The criteria are (i) Different bird groups prefer distinctly different micro-habitat, and niche separation is * @ clear; (ii) the food and nutritional requirements are very different; (iii) They are attracted to the site only if welfare factors are abundant and also can leave the site when the specific requirements are wanting; (iv) They are broadly euro-phagic, and live of diverse food items within the genetical boundary * of the species and (v) They broadly utilize the surface of the wetlands. The Fish are (i) under surface faunal group; (ii) taxono,nic diversity- at genus level show diversity in food preference; and (iii) occupy different depth. The Angiosperm are (i) evolutionary higher group; (ii) occupy more surface area; (iii) * diverse nutritional requirements; (iv) diverse pollinator and (v) can support a large number of micro- 1-2 (I" ECP Common 1: Biodiversity Management * fauna and flora The higher taxa act as indicator species for deciding the richness of wetlands. It shall * be the responsibility of the department to classify the wetlands based on these indicators (presented in _ box 1-2) before taking it for fishery development. * One the basis of the biodiversity and species richness information and with the physical factors of the wetlands, one can use the CBV of the site. Normally if the value is high then those wetlands are * expected to be considered as the SSSI. * Value on the basis of Ranwell's Semi-quantitative Index for Comparative Biological value(CBV) (modified) Size (S) , diversity (D), geographical limits(G), Potential for educational research (E), combination * value(C), unknown factor (X).are the characteristics taken for evaluation. Here the Diversity(Dn) expanded as Dl, D2 etc for explaining the species diversity. Value between 0-5 in each factor has been taken as range.. . g Tentative CBV rating: S + D +D2+D3 +Dn +G + E + C + X (5 point each) S: size; Dl: bird; * D2: fish; D3: angiospem; Dn : population of all Ds; G: geographical limits; E: educational research ; C:combination value; X: unknown factor. ( equal valuation of 5 has been allotted, as of now). The * scoring is done based on above parameters and if the score is above 30, then the wetland will be * placed in Grade I; 15-30 the wetland in Grade II and Below 15 the Wetland in Grade III Example:Central Assam; Data: Deo-bali-jhola (complex):Birds: 101 species ( including both residential migratory species) 7 RDB species; Angiosperm : 20 species and few key stone species * trees (Ficus sp); and Fishes: (appx) 25 species. _ As per above formulae CBV Value is 35 * 1.5.4 No intervention shall be conducted in the area designated as "Wetland Area" in Grade I Beels. Strategies for sustainable development, described in Box 1-3, shall be implemented for sub-projects' * categorised as "L" in addition to the provisions specified in the ECP. Similarly mitigation measures * proposed in site specific EMP and EIA for Sub-projects categorised as "M" & "H" shall be developed based on these strategies. * Interventions shall be designed2 to ensure no net loss of natural areas . All interventions shall be located on portions of the site that are not environmentally sensitive. * I Wherever possible, large tracts of wildlife habitat or long continuous corridors should be preserved in order to facilitate movement of wildlife from place to place. These include drainage channels. * I Potentially polluting activities shall not be undertaken in the areas surrounding the wetland. Soil should be protected from pollution or spills, including runoff from pavement. Use of drugs and chemicals, and other farm activities that migh